Author: keichwa
Date: 2017-09-14 14:06:20 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017)
New Revision: 97423
Modified:
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/caasp.pt_BR.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/caasp.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/caasp.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:05:29 UTC (rev 97422)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/caasp.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:06:20 UTC (rev 97423)
@@ -14,18 +14,18 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Title for installation overview dialog
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76
+#. Title for installation overview dialog
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral da Instalação"
-#. Button label: start the installation
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78
+#. Button label: start the installation
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78
msgid "Install"
msgstr "Instalar"
-#. %s is a problem description
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102
+#. %s is a problem description
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102
msgid ""
"Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n"
"%s"
@@ -33,17 +33,17 @@
"Falha na proposta de software. Impossível continuar a instalação.\n"
"%s"
-#. @return [String] Widget's label
-#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration
-#.
-#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise.
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98
+#. @return [String] Widget's label
+#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise.
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98
msgid "NTP Servers"
msgstr "Servidores NTP"
-#. Initializes the widget's value
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65
+#. Initializes the widget's value
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65
msgid ""
"Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n"
"%{servers}\n"
@@ -55,8 +55,8 @@
"\n"
"Digite um IP ou Nome de Host válido"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100
msgid ""
"You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n"
"your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n"
@@ -70,33 +70,24 @@
"\n"
"Deseja continuar a instalação?"
-#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"Problem found when proposing %{client}:<br>Severity: %{severity}<br>Message: "
-"%{message}"
-msgstr ""
-"Problema encontrado ao propor %{client}:<br>Gravidade: %{severity}"
-"<br>Mensagem: %{message}"
+#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72
+msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}:<br>Severity: %{severity}<br>Message: %{message}"
+msgstr "Problema encontrado ao propor %{client}:<br>Gravidade: %{severity}<br>Mensagem: %{message}"
-#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network"
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110
-msgid ""
-"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding."
+#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network"
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110
+msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding."
msgstr "%s bloqueia a instalação. Resolva esse problema antes de prosseguir."
-#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location
-#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN.
-#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node.
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43
+#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location
+#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN.
+#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node.
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43
msgid "Administration Node"
msgstr "Nó de Administração"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67
-msgid ""
-"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or "
-"Hostname"
-msgstr ""
-"Local inválido para o nó de administração. Digite um IP ou Nome de Host "
-"válido"
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67
+msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname"
+msgstr "Local inválido para o nó de administração. Digite um IP ou Nome de Host válido"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:05:29 UTC (rev 97422)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:06:20 UTC (rev 97423)
@@ -14,63 +14,60 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
+#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
msgid "Keyboard configuration."
msgstr "Configuração do teclado."
-#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
+#. command line help text for 'summary' action
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
msgid "Keyboard configuration summary."
msgstr "Sumário da configuração do teclado."
-#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
+#. command line help text for 'set' action
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration."
msgstr "Configurar novos valores para configuração de teclado."
-#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
+#. command line help text for 'list' action
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
msgid "List all available keyboard layouts."
msgstr "Listar todos os mapas de teclado disponíveis."
-#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
+#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
msgid "New keyboard layout"
msgstr "Novo mapa de teclado"
-#. summary label
-#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388
+#. summary label
+#. summary label
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr "Mapa de Teclado Atual: %1"
-#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"Mapa de teclado '%1' é inválido. Use o comando 'list' para ver valores "
-"possíveis."
+#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
+msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
+msgstr "Mapa de teclado '%1' é inválido. Use o comando 'list' para ver valores possíveis."
-#. summary item
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
+#. summary item
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
msgid "Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "Mapa de Teclado"
-#. menue label text
-#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
-#. widget label
-#. menu button label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78
+#. menue label text
+#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
+#. widget label
+#. menu button label
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187
+#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "Mapa de Te&clado"
-#. help text for keyboard expert screen
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52
+#. help text for keyboard expert screen
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n"
@@ -80,86 +77,80 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Aqui, você poderá ajustar várias configurações do módulo de teclado.\n"
-"Essas configurações estão gravadas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard"
-"tt>.\n"
+"Essas configurações estão gravadas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n"
" Se você estiver em dúvida, use os valores padrão já selecionados.\n"
" </p>"
-#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the "
-"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>As configurações feitas aqui aplicam-se apenas ao teclado do console. "
-"Configure o teclado da interface gráfica do usuário com outra ferramenta."
-"p>\n"
+#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
+msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>As configurações feitas aqui aplicam-se apenas ao teclado do console. Configure o teclado da interface gráfica do usuário com outra ferramenta.</p>\n"
-#. heading text
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
+#. heading text
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Avançadas de Teclado"
-#. label text
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85
+#. label text
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85
msgid "Repeat &Rate"
msgstr "Repeti&r taxa "
-#. label text
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93
+#. label text
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93
msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts"
msgstr "A&traso antes da repetição iniciar"
-#. frame label
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99
+#. frame label
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "Start-Up States"
msgstr "Estados de Início"
-#. combobox label
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105
+#. combobox label
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "&Num Lock On"
msgstr "&Num Lock ativo"
-#. combobox item
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108
+#. combobox item
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "BIOS Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de BIOS"
-#. combobox item
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644
+#. combobox item
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. combobox item
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645
+#. combobox item
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#. combobox item
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114
+#. combobox item
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114
msgid "<Untouched>"
msgstr ""
-#. label text
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125
+#. label text
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125
msgid "D&isable Caps Lock"
msgstr "D&esabilitar Caps Lock"
-#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting
-#. (no more than about 25 characters!)
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193
+#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting
+#. (no more than about 25 characters!)
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193
msgid "&Test"
msgstr "&Teste"
-#. push button
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203
+#. push button
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "E&xpert Settings..."
msgstr "Configurações A&vançadas..."
-#. help text for keyboard screen (header)
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220
+#. help text for keyboard screen (header)
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>"
@@ -167,27 +158,25 @@
"\n"
"<p><big><b>Configuração do Teclado</b></big></p>"
-#. help text for keyboard screen (installation)
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226
+#. help text for keyboard screen (installation)
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n"
"installation and in the installed system. \n"
"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Escolha o <b>Mapa de Teclado</b> a ser usado na\n"
"instalação e no sistema instalado. \n"
"Teste o mapa em <b>Testar</b>.\n"
-" Para definir opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, "
-"selecione <b>Configurações de Especialista</b>.\n"
+" Para definir opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, selecione <b>Configurações de Especialista</b>.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. general help trailer
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238
+#. general help trailer
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n"
@@ -197,30 +186,26 @@
"Na dúvida, use os valores padrões já selecionados.\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text for keyboard screen (installation)
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248
+#. help text for keyboard screen (installation)
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of "
-"your desktop environment.</p>\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Escolha o <b>Layout do Teclado</b> para usar no sistema.\n"
-"Para opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, selecione "
-"<b>Configurações de Especialista</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Encontre mais opções e layouts na ferramenta de layout de teclado de seu "
-"ambiente de área de trabalho.</p>\n"
+"Para opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, selecione <b>Configurações de Especialista</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Encontre mais opções e layouts na ferramenta de layout de teclado de seu ambiente de área de trabalho.</p>\n"
-#. Screen title for keyboard screen
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
+#. Screen title for keyboard screen
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "System Keyboard Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Teclado do Sistema"
-#. help text for keyboard selection widget
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83
+#. help text for keyboard selection widget
+#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -232,12 +217,12 @@
"instalação e no sistema instalado.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system
-#. or continue with the one defined by his language.
-#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
-#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
-#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299
+#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system
+#. or continue with the one defined by his language.
+#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
+#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
+#. it is not saved to the system.
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
@@ -247,187 +232,183 @@
"diferente daquele do sistema a ser atualizado.\n"
" Selecione o layout a ser usado durante a atualização:"
-#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
-#. any error to the user
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498
+#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
+#. any error to the user
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498
msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
msgstr "Falha ao definir teclado X11 como '%s'"
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3"
msgstr "<%1>Layout do Teclado<%2>: %3"
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56
msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3"
msgstr "<%1>Idioma<%2>: %3"
-#. rich text label
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73
+#. rich text label
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73
msgid "Locale Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de local"
-#. menu button label
-#. menue label text
-#. Widget label
-#.
-#. @return [String]
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76
-#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133
-#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48
+#. menu button label
+#. menue label text
+#. Widget label
+#.
+#. @return [String]
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76
+#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133
+#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Idioma"
-#. translators: command line help text for language module
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56
+#. translators: command line help text for language module
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56
msgid "Language configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de idioma"
-#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69
+#. command line help text for 'summary' action
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69
msgid "Language configuration summary"
msgstr "Resumo de configuração de idioma"
-#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76
+#. command line help text for 'set' action
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76
msgid "Set new values for language"
msgstr "Configurar novos valores de idioma"
-#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83
+#. command line help text for 'list' action
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83
msgid "List all available languages."
msgstr "Listar todos os idiomas disponíveis."
-#. command line help text for 'set lang' option
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91
+#. command line help text for 'set lang' option
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91
msgid "New language value"
msgstr "Novo valor de idioma"
-#. command line help text for 'set languages' option
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98
+#. command line help text for 'set languages' option
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98
msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)"
msgstr "Lista de idiomas secundários (separados por vírgulas)"
-#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105
+#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105
msgid "Do not install language specific packages"
msgstr "Não instalar pacotes específicos do idioma"
-#. progress title
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134
+#. progress title
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134
msgid "Saving Language Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração de Idioma"
-#. progress stage
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139
+#. progress stage
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139
msgid "Save language and console settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de idioma e do console"
-#. progress stage
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141
+#. progress stage
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141
msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages"
msgstr "Instalar e desinstalar pacotes afetados"
-#. progress stage
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143
+#. progress stage
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143
msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu"
msgstr "Atualizar traduções no menu do carregador de boot"
-#. progress step
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147
+#. progress step
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147
msgid "Saving language and console settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de idioma e do console..."
-#. progress step
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149
+#. progress step
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149
msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..."
msgstr "Instalando e desinstalando pacotes afetados..."
-#. progress step
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151
+#. progress step
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151
msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..."
msgstr "Atualizando traduções no menu do carregador de boot..."
-#. help for write dialog
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
+#. help for write dialog
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Gravando Configuração</b><br>Aguarde...</p>"
-#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
+#. summary label
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)"
msgstr "Idioma Atual: %1 (%2)"
-#. summary label
-#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885
+#. summary label
+#. summary label
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr "Idiomas Adicionais: %1"
-#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"%1 não é um idioma válido. Use o comando list para ver os valores possíveis."
+#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
+msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
+msgstr "%1 não é um idioma válido. Use o comando list para ver os valores possíveis."
-#. label text
-#. heading text
-#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119
+#. label text
+#. heading text
+#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Idioma"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115
+#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Build dialog
+#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. heading text
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115
msgid "Languages"
msgstr "Idioma"
-#. heading text
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123
+#. heading text
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123
msgid "Welcome to System Repair"
msgstr "Bem-vindo ao Recuperador do Sistema"
-#. button label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165
+#. button label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detalhes"
-#. multiselection box label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178
+#. multiselection box label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178
msgid "&Secondary Languages"
msgstr "Idiomas &Secundários"
-#. combo box label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189
+#. combo box label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189
msgid "Primary &Language"
msgstr "Idioma &Primário"
-#. frame label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199
+#. frame label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199
msgid "Primary Language Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Idioma Primário"
-#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
+#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary "
-"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
+"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Pacotes adicionais com suporte para os idiomas primário e secundário "
-"selecionados serão instalados.\n"
+"Pacotes adicionais com suporte para os idiomas primário e secundário selecionados serão instalados.\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239
+#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n"
@@ -439,8 +420,8 @@
"no sistema instalado.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249
+#. help text, continued
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -450,8 +431,8 @@
"Clique em <b>Avançar</b> para passar para a próxima caixa de diálogo.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259
+#. help text, continued
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -463,8 +444,8 @@
"todas as configurações na última caixa de diálogo de instalação.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270
+#. help text, continued
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n"
@@ -476,9 +457,9 @@
"momento para interromper o processo de instalação.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. different help text when called after installation
-#. in an installed system
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281
+#. different help text when called after installation
+#. in an installed system
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n"
@@ -488,8 +469,8 @@
"Escolha o novo <b>Idioma</b> do seu sistema.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290
+#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n"
@@ -499,28 +480,21 @@
"Escolha o novo <b>Idioma Primário</b> do seu sistema.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox'
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
+#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox'
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the "
-"primary language.\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to "
-"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted "
-"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Marque a opção <b>Adaptar Layout do Teclado</b> para adaptar o layout do "
-"teclado ao idioma principal.\n"
-"Marque a opção <b>Adaptar Fuso Horário</b> para mudar o fuso horário atual "
-"de acordo com o idioma principal. Se o layout de teclado ou o fuso horário "
-"já estiver adaptado à configuração do idioma padrão, a respectiva opção é "
-"desabilitada.\n"
+"Marque a opção <b>Adaptar Layout do Teclado</b> para adaptar o layout do teclado ao idioma principal.\n"
+"Marque a opção <b>Adaptar Fuso Horário</b> para mudar o fuso horário atual de acordo com o idioma principal. Se o layout de teclado ou o fuso horário já estiver adaptado à configuração do idioma padrão, a respectiva opção é desabilitada.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312
+#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n"
@@ -529,17 +503,16 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Idioma Secundário</b><br>\n"
-"Na caixa de seleção, especifique idiomas adicionais que quer usar no seu "
-"sistema.\n"
+"Na caixa de seleção, especifique idiomas adicionais que quer usar no seu sistema.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. error message - package solver failed
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533
+#. error message - package solver failed
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533
msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies."
msgstr "Existem dependências de pacotes não resolvidas."
-#. error message
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550
+#. error message
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550
msgid ""
"There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n"
"Remove some languages from the selection."
@@ -547,8 +520,8 @@
"Não existe espaço suficiente para instalar todos os pacotes\n"
"adicionais. Remova alguns idiomas da seleção."
-#. help text for langauge expert screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572
+#. help text for langauge expert screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n"
@@ -558,13 +531,12 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Aqui, você poderá ajustar as configurações de idioma.\n"
-"Essas configurações estão gravadas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language"
-"tt>.\n"
+"Essas configurações estão gravadas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n"
"Se você estiver em dúvida, use os valores padrão já selecionados.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text for langauge expert screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585
+#. help text for langauge expert screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n"
@@ -572,78 +544,67 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Configurações Locais para Usuário root</b>\n"
-"determina a forma como as variáveis de local (LC_*) são definidas para o "
-"usuário root.</p>"
+"determina a forma como as variáveis de local (LC_*) são definidas para o usuário root.</p>"
-#. help text for langauge expert screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
+#. help text for langauge expert screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other "
-"values\n"
+"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
"are unset.<br>\n"
"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Somente ctype</b>: O usuário root tem o mesmo LC_CTYPE de um usuário "
-"comum. Outros valores\n"
+"<p><b>Somente ctype</b>: O usuário root tem o mesmo LC_CTYPE de um usuário comum. Outros valores\n"
"não estão definidos.<br>\n"
-"<b>Sim</b>: O usuário root tem as mesmas configurações de local de um "
-"usuário comum.<br>\n"
+"<b>Sim</b>: O usuário root tem as mesmas configurações de local de um usuário comum.<br>\n"
"<b>Não</b>: Nenhuma das variáveis de local do usuário root está definida.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text for langauge expert screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary "
-"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may "
-"not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Configuração Detalhada de Local</b> para definir um local para o "
-"idioma primário não oferecido na lista da caixa de diálogo principal. O "
-"recurso de tradução talvez não esteja disponível para o local selecionado."
-"p>"
+#. help text for langauge expert screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use <b>Configuração Detalhada de Local</b> para definir um local para o idioma primário não oferecido na lista da caixa de diálogo principal. O recurso de tradução talvez não esteja disponível para o local selecionado.</p>"
-#. heading text
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
+#. heading text
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
msgid "Language Details"
msgstr "Detalhes de Idioma"
-#. combo box label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640
+#. combo box label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640
msgid "Locale Settings for User &root"
msgstr "Configurações Locais para Usuário &root"
-#. do not translate "ctype"
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643
+#. do not translate "ctype"
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643
msgid "ctype Only"
msgstr "Somente ctype"
-#. checkbox label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654
+#. checkbox label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654
msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding"
msgstr "Usar codificação &UTF-8"
-#. combo box label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663
+#. combo box label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663
msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting"
msgstr "Configuração &Detalhada de Local"
-#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name)
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723
+#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name)
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723
msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1"
msgstr "Adaptar Mapa de &Teclado para %1"
-#. check box label (%1 is country name)
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730
+#. check box label (%1 is country name)
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730
msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1"
msgstr "Adaptar &Fuso Horário de %1"
-#. Widget help text
-#.
-#. @return [String]
-#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67
+#. Widget help text
+#.
+#. @return [String]
+#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -655,14 +616,14 @@
"instalação e no sistema instalado.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. busy message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375
+#. busy message
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375
msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..."
msgstr "Fazendo download da extensão de idioma do sistema de instalação..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
-#. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
+#. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407
msgid ""
"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n"
"available at %{directory}.\n"
@@ -674,21 +635,21 @@
"\n"
"O idioma de fallback %{fallback} será usado."
-#. summary label
-#. summary label
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867
+#. summary label
+#. summary label
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867
msgid "Primary Language: %1"
msgstr "Idioma Primário: %1"
-#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
-#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
-#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040
+#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
+#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
+#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Instalando Pacotes..."
-#. continue/cancel message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131
+#. continue/cancel message
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131
msgid ""
"Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n"
"Some texts may be displayed in English.\n"
@@ -696,91 +657,87 @@
"Tradução do idioma primário não está completa.\n"
"Alguns textos podem ser mostrados em Ingles.\n"
-#. popup message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345
+#. popup message
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
"Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Apenas o suporte mínimo está incluído nesta mídia para o idioma "
-"selecionado.\n"
-"Habilite os repositórios online posteriormente para obter o suporte "
-"apropriado\n"
+"Apenas o suporte mínimo está incluído nesta mídia para o idioma selecionado.\n"
+"Habilite os repositórios online posteriormente para obter o suporte apropriado\n"
"para este idioma.\n"
-#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374
+#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374
msgid ""
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
msgstr ""
-"O idioma selecionado não pode ser usado no modo de texto. O inglês é usado "
-"na\n"
+"O idioma selecionado não pode ser usado no modo de texto. O inglês é usado na\n"
"instalação, porém, o idioma selecionado será usado no novo sistema."
-#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52
+#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52
msgid "Time zone configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Fuso Horário"
-#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65
+#. command line help text for 'summary' action
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65
msgid "Time zone configuration summary"
msgstr "Resumo da Configuração do Fuso Horário"
-#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72
+#. command line help text for 'set' action
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72
msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration"
msgstr "Defina os novos valores de configuração do fuso horário"
-#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79
+#. command line help text for 'list' action
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79
msgid "List all available time zones"
msgstr "Relacionar todos os fusos horários disponíveis"
-#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87
+#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87
msgid "New time zone"
msgstr "Novo Fuso Horário"
-#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
+#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
-msgstr ""
-"Novo valor do relógio do hardware. Pode ser \"local\", \"utc\" ou \"UTC\"."
+msgstr "Novo valor do relógio do hardware. Pode ser \"local\", \"utc\" ou \"UTC\"."
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174
msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1"
msgstr "Fuso Horário Atual:\t%1"
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1"
msgstr "Relógio do Hardware Configurado Para:\t%1"
-#. summary text (Clock setting)
-#. label text (Clock setting)
-#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
-#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985
+#. summary text (Clock setting)
+#. label text (Clock setting)
+#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
+#. @return summary string (html)
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985
msgid "UTC"
msgstr "UTC"
-#. summary text (Clock setting)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186
+#. summary text (Clock setting)
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186
msgid "Local time"
msgstr "Horário local"
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193
msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1"
msgstr "Horário e Dia Atual:\t%1"
-#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
+#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"Time %1 is in the past.\n"
"Set a correct time before starting installation."
@@ -788,48 +745,42 @@
"Horário %1 está no passado.\n"
"Informe um horário correto antes de iniciar a instalação."
-#. summary item
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
+#. summary item
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Fuso Horário"
-#. menue label text
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
+#. menue label text
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
msgid "&Time Zone"
msgstr "Fuso &Horário"
-#. help for time calculation basis:
-#. hardware clock references local time or UTC?
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
+#. help for time calculation basis:
+#. hardware clock references local time or UTC?
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware "
-"Clock Set To</b>.\n"
-"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as "
-"Microsoft\n"
+"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n"
+"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n"
"Windows) use local time.\n"
"Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n"
"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard "
-"time\n"
+"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Especifique se sua máquina está definida para o horário local ou para UTC em "
-"<b>Relógio de Hardware Definido como</b>.\n"
-"A maioria dos PCs que também tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados "
-"(como o Microsoft\n"
+"Especifique se sua máquina está definida para o horário local ou para UTC em <b>Relógio de Hardware Definido como</b>.\n"
+"A maioria dos PCs que também tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados (como o Microsoft\n"
"Windows) usa o horário local.\n"
"As máquinas que possuem apenas o Linux instalado geralmente são\n"
"definidas para UTC (Universal Time Coordinated).\n"
-"Se o relógio do hardware estiver definido como UTC, seu sistema poderá "
-"alternar do horário padrão\n"
+"Se o relógio do hardware estiver definido como UTC, seu sistema poderá alternar do horário padrão\n"
"para o horário de verão e vice-versa automaticamente.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text: extra note about localtime
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118
+#. help text: extra note about localtime
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n"
@@ -839,27 +790,21 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Nota: O relógio interno do sistema, conforme utilizado pelo kernel do Linux, "
-"deve\n"
-"estar sempre como UTC, porque esta é a referência para o horário local "
-"correto\n"
+"Nota: O relógio interno do sistema, conforme utilizado pelo kernel do Linux, deve\n"
+"estar sempre como UTC, porque esta é a referência para o horário local correto\n"
"no espaço do usuário. Se você escolher o horário local para o relógio CMOS,\n"
-"consulte o manual do usuário para obter informações básicas sobre os efeitos "
-"colaterais.\n"
+"consulte o manual do usuário para obter informações básicas sobre os efeitos colaterais.\n"
"</p>"
-#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769)
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
+#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769)
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
msgid ""
"\n"
-"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your "
-"system.\n"
+"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n"
"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n"
"\n"
-"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the "
-"year\n"
-"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, "
-"backups may fail,\n"
+"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n"
+"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n"
"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n"
"\n"
"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n"
@@ -867,75 +812,69 @@
"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Você selecionou o horário local, mas parece que só o Linux está instalado em "
-"seu sistema.\n"
+"Você selecionou o horário local, mas parece que só o Linux está instalado em seu sistema.\n"
"Neste caso, é altamente recomendável usar UTC e clicar em Cancelar.\n"
"\n"
"Para manter o horário local, ajuste o relógio CMOS duas vezes ao ano,\n"
-"devido às trocas de horário de verão. Se isso não for feito, poderá haver "
-"falha nos backups,\n"
+"devido às trocas de horário de verão. Se isso não for feito, poderá haver falha nos backups,\n"
"seu sistema de e-mail poderá descartar mensagens de e-mail, etc.\n"
"\n"
"Se você usar UTC, o Linux ajustará o horário automaticamente.\n"
"\n"
"Deseja continuar com a sua seleção (horário local)?"
-#. help text for set time dialog
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them "
-"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A data e hora atuais do sistema são exibidas. Se necessário, mude-as para "
-"os valores corretos manualmente ou use o NTP (Network Time Protocol).</p>"
+#. help text for set time dialog
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
+msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A data e hora atuais do sistema são exibidas. Se necessário, mude-as para os valores corretos manualmente ou use o NTP (Network Time Protocol).</p>"
-#. help text, cont.
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
+#. help text, cont.
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Clique em <b>Aceitar</b> para gravar as mudanças.</p>"
-#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262
+#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY"
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format"
msgstr "Data atual no formato DD-MM-YYYY"
-#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278
+#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS"
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278
msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format"
msgstr "Horário atual no formato HH:MM:SS"
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293
+#. label text
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "Current Date"
msgstr "Data Atual"
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297
+#. label text
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "Current Time"
msgstr "Horário Atual"
-#. radio button label (= how to setup time)
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312
+#. radio button label (= how to setup time)
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328
+#. check box label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Change the Time Now"
msgstr "Mudar o Horário Agora"
-#. radio button label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341
+#. radio button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341
msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server"
msgstr "Sincronizar com o Servidor NTP"
-#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is.
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356
+#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is.
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Change Date and Time"
msgstr "Mudar Data e Horário"
-#. popup text, %1 is entered value
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466
+#. popup text, %1 is entered value
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466
msgid ""
"Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n"
"Enter the correct time.\n"
@@ -943,8 +882,8 @@
"Horário inválido (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n"
"Digite o horário correto.\n"
-#. popup text, %1 is entered value
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475
+#. popup text, %1 is entered value
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475
msgid ""
"Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n"
"Enter the correct date.\n"
@@ -952,49 +891,49 @@
"Data inválida (DD-MM-AAAA) %1.\n"
"Digite a data correta.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr "Outras &Config"
-#. frame label
-#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
+#. frame label
+#. frame label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "Data e Horário (NTP está configurado)"
-#. frame label
-#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
+#. frame label
+#. frame label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "Data e Horário"
-#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
+#. check box label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "Relógio do &Hardware Definido como UTC"
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&Região"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "&Fuso horário"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Data e Hora:"
-#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
+#. help for timezone screen
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -1002,25 +941,23 @@
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Configurações de Fuso Horário e do Relógio</big></b></p>"
-#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
+#. help for timezone screen
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region"
-"b>.\n"
+"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
"region from those available.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para selecionar o fuso horário a ser usado em seu sistema, primeiramente "
-"selecione a <b>Região</b>.\n"
+"Para selecionar o fuso horário a ser usado em seu sistema, primeiramente selecione a <b>Região</b>.\n"
"Em <b>Fuso Horário</b>, selecione o fuso horário, o país ou \n"
"a região apropriada dentre as opções disponíveis.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
+#. general help trailer
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -1030,327 +967,327 @@
"Se o horário atual não estiver correto, use <b>Mudar</b> para ajustá-lo.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
+#. Screen title for timezone screen
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "Relógio e Fuso Horário"
-#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
+#. popup text
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "Selecione um Fuso Horário válido."
-#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989
+#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
+#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr "Horário local"
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr "Relógio de Hardware Definido como"
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr "NTP configurado"
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr "Fuso Horário Atual: %1"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46
msgid "English (US)"
msgstr "Inglês (EUA)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58
msgid "English (UK)"
msgstr "Inglês (UK)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70
msgid "German"
msgstr "Alemão"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82
msgid "German (with deadkeys)"
msgstr "Alemão (com acentos)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94
msgid "German (Switzerland)"
msgstr "Alemão (Suíça)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106
msgid "French"
msgstr "Francês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118
msgid "French (Switzerland)"
msgstr "Francês (Suíça)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130
msgid "French (Canada)"
msgstr "Francês (Canadá)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143
msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)"
msgstr "Canadense (Multilíngüe)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr "Espanhol"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr "Espanhol (América Latina)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr "Espanhol (CP 850)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Italiano"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Português"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "Português (Brasil)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "Português (Brasil - acentuação US)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Grego"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "Holandês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Dinamarquês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "Norueguês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Sueco"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Finlandês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Tcheco"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "Tcheco (qwerty)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Eslováquia"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "Eslováquia (qwerty)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "Eslovênia"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Húngaro"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Polonês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Russo"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "Sérvio"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Estônia"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Lituânia"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Turco"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "Croácia"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japonês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "Belgo"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "Dvorak"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Icelandic"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ucrâniano"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "Khmer"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Coreano"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Árabe"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "Tadjique"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "Chinês Tradicional"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "Chinês Simplificado"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Romeno"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621
msgid "US International"
msgstr "Inglês Internacional"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192
msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
msgstr "Espanhol (variação Asturiana)"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:05:29 UTC (rev 97422)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:06:20 UTC (rev 97423)
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:50
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:50
msgid ""
"Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n"
"\n"
@@ -26,8 +26,7 @@
"\n"
"To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Use este programa somente se estiver familiarizado com o particionamento de "
-"discos rígidos.\n"
+"Use este programa somente se estiver familiarizado com o particionamento de discos rígidos.\n"
"\n"
"Nunca particione discos que possam, de alguma forma, estar em uso\n"
"(montados, realizando troca, etc.) a menos que saiba exatamente o que está\n"
@@ -36,60 +35,60 @@
"\n"
"Para continuar, apesar deste aviso, clique em Sim.\n"
-#. dialog heading
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
+#. dialog heading
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
msgid "Expert Partitioner"
msgstr "Particionador Técnico"
-#. text show during initialization
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:69
+#. text show during initialization
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:69
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:71
+#. helptext
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:71
msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Os volumes estão sendo detectados.</p>"
-#. Commandline help title
-#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49
msgid "Storage Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Armazenamento"
-#. Commandline command help
-#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57
+#. Commandline command help
+#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57
msgid "List disks and partitions"
msgstr "Listar discos e partições"
-#. Command line option help text
-#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70
+#. Command line option help text
+#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70
msgid "List disks"
msgstr "Listar discos"
-#. Command line option help text
-#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74
+#. Command line option help text
+#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74
msgid "List partitions"
msgstr "Listar partições"
-#. Title for dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76
+#. Title for dialog
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76
msgid "Suggested Partitioning"
msgstr "Particionamento Sugerido"
-#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78
+#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78
msgid "&Expert Partitioner..."
msgstr "&Particionador Técnico..."
-#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80
+#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80
msgid "&Create Partition Setup..."
msgstr "&Criar Configuração de Partição..."
-#. popup text
+#. popup text
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -97,15 +96,15 @@
"Nenhuma sugestão possível.\n"
"especifique pontos de montagem manualmente no diálogo 'Particionador'."
-#. TRANSLATORS: button text
-#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings")
-#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml.
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500
+#. TRANSLATORS: button text
+#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings")
+#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml.
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500
msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Editar Configurações da Proposta"
-#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166
+#. help on suggested partitioning
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -115,9 +114,9 @@
"Os discos rígidos foram verificados. Propõe-se a configuração\n"
" da partição exibida para seu disco rígido.</p>"
-#. help text continued
-#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176
+#. help text continued
+#. %1 is replaced by button text
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -131,8 +130,8 @@
"<b>%1</b> e modifique as configurações no diálogo\n"
"do particionador avançado.</p>\n"
-#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189
+#. help text continued
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -150,29 +149,27 @@
"Essa também é a opção a ser escolhida no caso de\n"
"configurações avançadas, como RAID e criptografia.</p>\n"
-#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
-#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233
+#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
+#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr "Impossível criar a proposta solicitada."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239
msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
-msgstr ""
-"Não há espaço suficiente disponível para propor instantâneos para o volume "
-"raiz."
+msgstr "Não há espaço suficiente disponível para propor instantâneos para o volume raiz."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "Espaço insuficiente para propor /home separado."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
msgstr "Nada atribuído como sistema de arquivos raiz. Impossível continuar."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -180,22 +177,22 @@
"Computar esta proposta sobregravará as mudanças feitas manualmente \n"
"até agora. Continuar computando esta proposta?"
-#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow
-#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68
+#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow
+#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68
msgid "Preparing disks..."
msgstr "Preparando discos..."
-#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version
-#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
-#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version
-#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487
+#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version
+#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
+#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version
+#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487
msgid "MB"
msgstr "MB"
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490
msgid ""
"Windows\n"
"Used\n"
@@ -205,9 +202,9 @@
"Usado\n"
"%1 "
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492
msgid ""
"Windows\n"
"Free\n"
@@ -217,9 +214,9 @@
"Livre\n"
"%1 "
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494
msgid ""
"Linux\n"
"%1 "
@@ -227,25 +224,25 @@
"Linux\n"
"%1 "
-#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
-#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497
+#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
+#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497
msgid "Windows Free (%1)"
msgstr "Windows Livre (%1)"
-#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
-#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499
+#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
+#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499
msgid "Linux (%1)"
msgstr "Linux (%1)"
-#. Help text for Windows partition resizing -
-#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
-#. and non-graphical mode (text only).
-#. Help text for Windows partition resizing -
-#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
-#. and non-graphical mode (text only).
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508
+#. Help text for Windows partition resizing -
+#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
+#. and non-graphical mode (text only).
+#. Help text for Windows partition resizing -
+#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
+#. and non-graphical mode (text only).
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n"
@@ -255,9 +252,9 @@
"Escolha o novo tamanho da sua partição Windows.\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text (common to both modes), continued
-#. help text (common to both modes), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517
+#. help text (common to both modes), continued
+#. help text (common to both modes), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -269,14 +266,13 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"O redimensionamento real só será executado após a confirmação\n"
-"de todas as suas configurações no último diálogo de instalação. Até lá, sua "
-"partição do Windows\n"
+"de todas as suas configurações no último diálogo de instalação. Até lá, sua partição do Windows\n"
"permanecerá inalterada.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text (common to both modes), continued
-#. help text (common to both modes), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530
+#. help text (common to both modes), continued
+#. help text (common to both modes), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -290,23 +286,23 @@
"<b>Voltar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
-#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545
+#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
+#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545
msgid "Now"
msgstr "Agora"
-#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
-#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552
+#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
+#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552
msgid "After Installation"
msgstr "Após Instalação"
-#. help text, continued - graphical mode only
-#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
-#. help text, continued - graphical mode only
-#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574
+#. help text, continued - graphical mode only
+#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
+#. help text, continued - graphical mode only
+#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -322,9 +318,9 @@
"redimensionamento da partição).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text (graphical mode), continued
-#. help text (graphical mode), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587
+#. help text (graphical mode), continued
+#. help text (graphical mode), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -338,9 +334,9 @@
"cada campo de entrada para ajustar os valores sugeridos.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text (graphical mode), continued
-#. help text (graphical mode), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599
+#. help text (graphical mode), continued
+#. help text (graphical mode), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -354,29 +350,29 @@
"automaticamente criadas conforme necessário.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
-#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612
+#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612
msgid "Windows Used"
msgstr "Windows Usado"
-#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
-#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622
+#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622
msgid "Free"
msgstr "livre"
-#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode
-#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632
+#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode
+#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632
msgid "Linux"
msgstr "Linux"
-#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only
-#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
-#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only
-#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652
+#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only
+#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
+#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only
+#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n"
@@ -390,9 +386,9 @@
"conforme requerido pelo &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
-#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664
+#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
+#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -401,13 +397,12 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Windows Usado</b> é o tamanho do espaço que sua partição do Windows "
-"utiliza.\n"
+"<b>Windows Usado</b> é o tamanho do espaço que sua partição do Windows utiliza.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
-#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675
+#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
+#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n"
@@ -419,13 +414,13 @@
"do Linux) na partição.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686
msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition"
msgstr "Redimensionando a Partição Windows"
-#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount
-#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390
+#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount
+#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390
msgid ""
"An error has occurred.\n"
"\n"
@@ -451,9 +446,9 @@
"dispositivo do Windows, incluindo a área de trabalho do Windows e\n"
"o espaço para %2.\n"
-#. not yet checked
-#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425
+#. not yet checked
+#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425
msgid ""
"Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n"
"for consistency.\n"
@@ -469,8 +464,8 @@
" e do espaço utilizado, isso talvez demore algum tempo.\n"
" \n"
-#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452
+#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452
msgid ""
"An error has occurred.\n"
"\n"
@@ -492,14 +487,14 @@
"Se o problema ocorrer novamente, redimensione a\n"
"partição Windows de outra maneira.\n"
-#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774
+#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774
msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation."
msgstr "O espaço disponível não é suficiente para uma instalação."
-#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should
-#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889
+#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should
+#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889
msgid ""
"An internal error has occurred.\n"
"\n"
@@ -519,17 +514,15 @@
"\t partição Windows de outra maneira.\n"
"\t "
-#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option."
-msgstr ""
-"O sistema só pode ser configurado com a opção de particionamento "
-"personalizado."
+msgstr "O sistema só pode ser configurado com a opção de particionamento personalizado."
-#. Win NT / 2000
-#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently
-#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268
+#. Win NT / 2000
+#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently
+#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it.
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268
msgid ""
"An error has occurred.\n"
"\n"
@@ -549,10 +542,10 @@
"Escolha outro disco ou aborte a instalação e\n"
"diminua a partição Windows de outra maneira.\n"
-#. local error
-#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user
-#. he can go back in the installation or abort it.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287
+#. local error
+#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user
+#. he can go back in the installation or abort it.
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287
msgid ""
"The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n"
"\n"
@@ -568,10 +561,10 @@
"Escolha outro disco ou aborte a instalação e\n"
"diminua a partição Windows de outra maneira.\n"
-#. OK --> No NT or 2000
-#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows.
-#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308
+#. OK --> No NT or 2000
+#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows.
+#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308
msgid ""
"You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n"
"In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n"
@@ -599,14 +592,14 @@
"\n"
"Realmente deseja diminuir a partição Windows?\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329
+#. button text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329
msgid "&Shrink Windows"
msgstr "&Diminuir Windows"
-#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows.
-#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345
+#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows.
+#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345
msgid ""
"You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n"
"\n"
@@ -620,13 +613,13 @@
"\n"
"Realmente deseja apagar a partição Windows?\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356
+#. button text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356
msgid "&Delete Windows"
msgstr "&Apagar Windows"
-#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423
+#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423
msgid ""
"Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n"
"the disk is too small. \n"
@@ -638,41 +631,38 @@
" Para instalar o Linux, selecione mais partições\n"
"para remover ou selecione um disco maior."
-#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection
-#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut)
-#. anyway
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116
+#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection
+#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut)
+#. anyway
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116
msgid "Available &Disks"
msgstr "&Discos Disponíveis"
-#. label text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150
+#. label text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150
msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)"
msgstr "Particionamento &Personalizado (para especialistas)"
-#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation.
-#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
-#. installation target
-#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162
+#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation.
+#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
+#. installation target
+#. heading text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "Disco rígido"
-#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
-#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173
-msgid ""
-"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Nenhum disco encontrado. Tente usar o CD de atualização, se estiver "
-"disponível, para a instalação."
+#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
+#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173
+msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
+msgstr "Nenhum disco encontrado. Tente usar o CD de atualização, se estiver disponível, para a instalação."
-#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
-#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
-#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to
-#. do while the following locale is the help description
-#. help part 1 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185
+#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
+#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
+#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to
+#. do while the following locale is the help description
+#. help part 1 of 3
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -684,8 +674,8 @@
"são mostrados aqui. Selecione o disco no qual instalar o &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help part 2 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194
+#. help part 2 of 3
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n"
@@ -695,8 +685,8 @@
"Você pode escolher depois que parte do disco usar para o &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help part 3 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203
+#. help part 3 of 3
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -712,27 +702,27 @@
"partições a pontos de montagem durante a instalação do &produto;.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
-#. Information what to do, background information
-#. Information what to do, background information
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302
+#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
+#. Information what to do, background information
+#. Information what to do, background information
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302
msgid "Preparing Hard Disk"
msgstr "Preparando o Disco Rígido"
-#. there is a selection from which one option must be
-#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269
+#. there is a selection from which one option must be
+#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr "Escolha uma das opções para continuar."
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295
msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2"
msgstr "Disco %1 em uso por %2"
-#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352
+#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352
msgid ""
"This is for experts only.\n"
"You might lose support if you use this!\n"
@@ -746,62 +736,62 @@
"Consulte o manual para verificar se o seu particionamento\n"
"personalizado atende aos requisitos deste produto."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: multipath-simple.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module.
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: multipath-simple.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module.
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34
msgid "Activate multipath?"
msgstr "Ativar caminhos múltiplos?"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#.
-#. Author: Klaus Kaempf
-#.
-#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions.
-#.
-#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details.
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. Author: Klaus Kaempf
+#.
+#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions.
+#.
+#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details.
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93
msgid ""
"No snapshots possible.\n"
"Please use larger root partition."
@@ -809,44 +799,43 @@
"Instantâneos não são possíveis.\n"
"Use uma partição raiz maior."
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n"
"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
msgstr ""
"A partição /home não será formatada. Após a instalação,\n"
-"tenha certeza de que as propriedades dos diretórios pessoais sejam definidas "
-"corretamente."
+"tenha certeza de que as propriedades dos diretórios pessoais sejam definidas corretamente."
-#. A custom configuration
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123
+#. A custom configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Custom"
-#. A standard configuration
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126
+#. A standard configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Standard"
msgstr "Padrão"
-#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239
+#. label text
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Particionamento"
-#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241
+#. label text
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241
msgid "&Partitioning"
msgstr "&Particionamento"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69
msgid "Saving file system configuration..."
msgstr "Salvando a configuração do sistema de arquivos..."
-#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that
-#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and
-#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53
+#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that
+#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and
+#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53
msgid ""
"The current selection is invalid:\n"
"%1"
@@ -854,15 +843,15 @@
"A seleção atual é inválida:\n"
"%1"
-#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned
-#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned"
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72
+#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned
+#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned"
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72
msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned"
msgstr "&%1: %2, não atribuídos"
-#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button
-#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104
+#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button
+#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104
msgid ""
"Disk Areas to Use\n"
"to Install %1\n"
@@ -870,16 +859,16 @@
"Áreas do Disco a Usar\n"
"para Instalar %1\n"
-#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on
-#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on
-#. the target disk
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118
+#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on
+#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on
+#. the target disk
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118
msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk"
msgstr "Usar Disco Rígido Int&eiro"
-#. There were no prior partitions on this disk.
-#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed.
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153
+#. There were no prior partitions on this disk.
+#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed.
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n"
"The entire disk will be used for %1."
@@ -887,8 +876,8 @@
"Não existem partições no disco ainda.\n"
"O disco inteiro será usado para o %1."
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166
msgid ""
"This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n"
"There is not enough space to install Linux."
@@ -896,18 +885,18 @@
"O disco parece estar sendo usado pelo \n"
"Windows. Não existe espaço para instalar o Linux."
-#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181
+#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181
msgid "&Delete Windows Completely"
msgstr "&Apagar o Windows Completamente"
-#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189
+#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189
msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition"
msgstr "&Diminuir a Partição do Windows"
-#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n"
@@ -917,8 +906,8 @@
"Selecione no seu disco onde instalar o &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n"
@@ -930,8 +919,8 @@
"ou regiões livres exibidas.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n"
@@ -945,8 +934,8 @@
"outros sistemas operacionais.\n"
"</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n"
@@ -958,16 +947,16 @@
"perdidos. </i></b> Não existirá forma de recuperar estes dados.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
-#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306
+#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
+#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306
msgid "Installing on:"
msgstr "Instalando em:"
-#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning
-#. part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280
+#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning
+#. part 1 of 2
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n"
@@ -981,8 +970,8 @@
"ou <b>diminuir</b> ele para obter espaço livre suficiente.\n"
"</p>"
-#. helptext, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290
+#. helptext, part 2 of 2
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n"
@@ -998,28 +987,28 @@
"Isto pode falhar em situações raras.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Label text
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295
+#. Label text
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Propor Partição &Home Separada"
-#. Label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357
+#. Label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357
msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
msgstr "Criar Proposta Baseada em &LVM"
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368
msgid "Encrypt Volume Group"
msgstr "Criptografar Grupo de Volume"
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373
msgid "Proposal type"
msgstr "Tipo de proposta"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -1033,8 +1022,8 @@
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1044,13 +1033,12 @@
msgstr ""
"Você tentou montar uma partição FAT em um dos seguintes pontos\n"
"de montagem: /, /usr, /home, /opt ou /var. Isso provavelmente vai causar\n"
-"problemas. Use um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esses "
-"pontos de montagem.\n"
+"problemas. Use um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esses pontos de montagem.\n"
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1060,13 +1048,12 @@
msgstr ""
"Você tentou montar uma partição FAT no ponto de\n"
"montagem /boot. Isso provavelmente vai causar programas. Use\n"
-"um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esse ponto de "
-"montagem.\n"
+"um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esse ponto de montagem.\n"
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1076,14 +1063,13 @@
msgstr ""
"Você montou uma partição com Btrfs no ponto de\n"
"montagem /boot. Isso provavelmente vai causar programas. Use\n"
-"um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esse ponto de "
-"montagem.\n"
+"um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esse ponto de montagem.\n"
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
-#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302
+#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
+#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n"
@@ -1099,8 +1085,8 @@
"\n"
"Usar realmente esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318
+#. popup text, %1 is a number
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1120,8 +1106,8 @@
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
+#. popup text, %1 is a size
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1135,8 +1121,8 @@
"\n"
"Deseja realmente manter este tamanho da partição de boot?\n"
-#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355
+#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1145,16 +1131,15 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Aviso: Não há uma partição do tipo bios_grub presente.\n"
-"Essa partição é recomendada (necessária no caso do Btrfs) quando o Grub2 "
-"está\n"
+"Essa partição é recomendada (necessária no caso do Btrfs) quando o Grub2 está\n"
"instalado no MBR de um disco GPT. Ela não deve ser formatada e deve ter\n"
"aproximadamente 1 MB.\n"
"Deseja realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
-#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375
+#. popup text
+#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
+#. boot from the hard drive!
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1172,8 +1157,8 @@
"\n"
"Usar realmente a configuração sem partição /boot?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1193,7 +1178,7 @@
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1205,8 +1190,8 @@
"%s\n"
"Usar realmente essa configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -1222,8 +1207,8 @@
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -1247,8 +1232,8 @@
"\n"
"Usar realmente esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1272,20 +1257,19 @@
"\n"
"Usar realmente esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Realmente usar esta configuração?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
"to create and assign a swap partition.\n"
"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n"
-"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap"
-"\".\n"
+"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n"
"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n"
"\n"
"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n"
@@ -1294,14 +1278,13 @@
"Você não atribuiu uma partição de troca. Na maioria dos casos, é altamente \n"
"recomendável a criação e atribuição de uma partição de troca.\n"
"Partições de troca no sistema são listadas na janela principal com o\n"
-"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Uma partição de troca atribuída tem o ponto de montagem "
-"\"swap\".\n"
+"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Uma partição de troca atribuída tem o ponto de montagem \"swap\".\n"
"Você poderá atribuir mais de uma partição de troca, se desejado.\n"
"\n"
"Usar realmente a configuração sem partição de troca?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1313,8 +1296,8 @@
"que não será formatada. O YaST não pode garantir que sua instalação\n"
"será bem-sucedida, particularmente nos seguintes casos:\n"
-#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535
+#. continued popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1326,20 +1309,19 @@
"sobreposta\n"
"- se esta partição não contém ainda um sistema de arquivos\n"
-#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
+#. continued popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
-"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount "
-"points\n"
+"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
"like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n"
msgstr ""
"Em caso de dúvida, é melhor voltar e marcar esta partição para\n"
"formatação, principalmente se ela for atribuída a um dos pontos de\n"
"montagem padrão, como /, /boot, /opt ou /var.\n"
-#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548
+#. continued popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1349,8 +1331,8 @@
"\n"
"Realmente manter a partição não formatada?\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609
+#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1358,8 +1340,8 @@
"O dispositivo selecionado pertence ao RAID (%1).\n"
"Remova-o do RAID antes de editá-lo.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620
+#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1367,8 +1349,8 @@
"O dispositivo selecionado pertence a um grupo de volume (%1).\n"
"Remova-o do grupo de volume antes de editá-lo.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630
+#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1376,8 +1358,8 @@
"O dispositivo selecionado é usado pelo volume (%1).\n"
"Remova o volume antes de editá-lo.\n"
-#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663
+#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1385,8 +1367,8 @@
"O dispositivo (%2) pertence ao RAID (%1).\n"
"Remova-o do RAID antes de apagá-lo.\n"
-#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674
+#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1394,12 +1376,12 @@
"O dispositivo (%2) é usado por %1.\n"
"Remova %1 antes de apagá-lo.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Impossível apagá-lo durante a montagem."
-#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722
+#. popup text, %1 is a device name
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1407,24 +1389,21 @@
"O dispositivo (%1) não pode ser removido já que é uma partição lógica \n"
"e outra partição lógica com um número maior está sendo usada.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798
msgid ""
-"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
-"mounted:\n"
+"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the "
-"extended partition.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"A partição estendida selecionada contém partições que estão montadas:\n"
"%1\n"
-"É *altamente* recomendado desmontar essas partições antes de apagar a "
-"partição estendida.\n"
+"É *altamente* recomendado desmontar essas partições antes de apagar a partição estendida.\n"
"Escolha Cancelar, a menos que você saiba exatamente o que está fazendo.\n"
-#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816
+#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1438,8 +1417,8 @@
"partições dos respectivos grupos de volume\n"
"antes de apagar a partição estendida.\n"
-#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827
+#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1453,8 +1432,8 @@
"partições dos respectivos sistemas RAID antes de apagar\n"
"a partição estendida.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1466,8 +1445,8 @@
"que está em uso. Remova o volume usado\n"
"antes de apagar a partição estendida.\n"
-#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905
+#. popup text, %1 is a size
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"\n"
@@ -1485,31 +1464,31 @@
"\n"
"Deseja realmente manter a configuração atual?\n"
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70
msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System."
msgstr "Digite sua Senha para o Sistema de Arquivos Criptografado."
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Lembre-se do que você digitou aqui!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "É permitido senha vazia."
-#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84
+#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84
msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1"
msgstr "Senha do Sistema de Arquivos Criptografado em %1"
-#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory
-#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105
+#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory
+#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var"
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105
msgid ""
"Enter your encryption password for\n"
"device %1 mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1517,38 +1496,38 @@
"Digite sua senha de criptografia para o\n"
"dispositivo %1 montado em %2.\n"
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System"
msgstr "Digite sua Senha para o Sistema de Arquivos Criptografado"
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "&Digite a Senha para o Sistema de Arquivos:"
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "Digite novamente a Senha para &Verificação:"
-#. Cancel button
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159
+#. Cancel button
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Saltar"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match!\n"
@@ -1558,10 +1537,10 @@
"da senha não são iguais!\n"
"Tente novamente.\n"
-#. popup text
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961
+#. popup text
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1569,10 +1548,10 @@
"Você não informou uma senha\n"
"Tente novamente.\n"
-#. popup text
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969
+#. popup text
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1580,17 +1559,17 @@
"A senha deve ter pelo menos %1 caracteres.\n"
"Tente novamente.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237
msgid "No floating point number."
msgstr "Sem número de ponto flutuante."
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361
msgid "File system options:"
msgstr "Opções de sistema de arquivos:"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443
msgid ""
"The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n"
"Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n"
@@ -1598,82 +1577,75 @@
"O caractere '/' não é mais permitido em uma etiqueta de volume.\n"
"Mude sua etiqueta de volume para que não contenha este caractere.\n"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n"
"Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
"by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n"
"to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n"
-"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is "
-"disabled, \n"
+"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n"
"this is not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Montar em in /etc/fstab por:</b>\n"
-"Normalmente, um sistema de arquivos para montagem é identificado em /etc/"
-"fstab\n"
-"pelo nome do dispositivo. Essa identificação pode ser mudada para localizar "
-"o sistema de arquivos \n"
-"a ser montado procurando um UUID ou uma etiqueta do volume. Nem todos os "
-"sistemas de \n"
-"arquivos podem ser montados por UUID ou etiqueta do volume. Se a opção "
-"estiver desabilitada, \n"
+"Normalmente, um sistema de arquivos para montagem é identificado em /etc/fstab\n"
+"pelo nome do dispositivo. Essa identificação pode ser mudada para localizar o sistema de arquivos \n"
+"a ser montado procurando um UUID ou uma etiqueta do volume. Nem todos os sistemas de \n"
+"arquivos podem ser montados por UUID ou etiqueta do volume. Se a opção estiver desabilitada, \n"
"isso não será possível.\n"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Etiqueta de Volume:</b>\n"
-"O nome digitado neste campo é usado como a etiqueta de volume. Isso "
-"normalmente apenas \n"
+"O nome digitado neste campo é usado como a etiqueta de volume. Isso normalmente apenas \n"
"faz sentido quando você ativa a opção de montagem pela etiqueta de volume.\n"
"Uma etiqueta de volume não pode conter o caractere / ou espaços.\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by"
msgstr "Montar no /etc/fstab pelo"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501
msgid "&Device Name"
msgstr "Nome do &Dispositivo"
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544
msgid "Volume &Label"
msgstr "Rótu&lo do Volume"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515
msgid "&UUID"
msgstr "&UUID"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Device &ID"
msgstr "&ID do Dispositivo"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532
msgid "Device &Path"
msgstr "Caminho do &Dispositivo"
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672
msgid "Fstab Options:"
msgstr "Opções do Fstab:"
-#. popup text %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846
+#. popup text %1 is a number
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846
msgid ""
"\n"
"Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n"
@@ -1683,70 +1655,70 @@
"O comprimento máximo da etiqueta do volume do sistema de arquivos\n"
"selecionado é %1. A etiqueta do volume foi truncada com esse tamanho.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869
msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label."
msgstr "Informe um rótulo de volume para montar por rótulo."
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880
msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one."
msgstr "Este rótulo de volume já está em uso. Selecione um diferente."
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046
msgid "File &System"
msgstr "&Sistema de Arquivos"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059
msgid "O&ptions..."
msgstr "&Opções..."
-#. Translators: checkbox text
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276
+#. Translators: checkbox text
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr "Habilitar Instantâneos"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084
msgid "&Encrypt Device"
msgstr "&Criptografar Dispositivo"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159
msgid "File system &ID:"
msgstr "&ID de Sistema de arquivos:"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Formatar"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Do ¬ format"
msgstr "&Não formatar"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211
msgid "&Format"
msgstr "&Formatar"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Fs&tab Options"
msgstr "Opções de Fs&tab"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "Ponto de &montagem"
-#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283
+#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1761,8 +1733,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"A partição selecionada (%1) está montada em %2.\n"
-"Se você mudar os parâmetros (como o ponto de montagem ou o tipo do sistema "
-"de arquivos),\n"
+"Se você mudar os parâmetros (como o ponto de montagem ou o tipo do sistema de arquivos),\n"
"sua instalação do Linux poderá ser danificada.\n"
"\n"
"Se possível, desmonte a partição. Se você não tem certeza,\n"
@@ -1771,8 +1742,8 @@
"\n"
"Continuar?\n"
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1780,11 +1751,10 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"O sistema de arquivos na partição não pode ser diminuído pelo YaST2.\n"
-"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de "
-"arquivos."
+"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de arquivos."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1792,63 +1762,58 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"O sistema de arquivos no volume lógico não pode ser diminuído pelo YaST2.\n"
-"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de "
-"arquivos."
+"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de arquivos."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition."
msgstr "Você arrisca perder dados se reduzir esta partição."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume."
msgstr "Você arrisca perder dados se reduzir este volume lógico."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "Continue?"
msgstr "Continuar?"
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"O sistema de arquivos na partição selecionada não pode ser estendido pelo "
-"YaST2.\n"
-"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de "
-"arquivos."
+"O sistema de arquivos na partição selecionada não pode ser estendido pelo YaST2.\n"
+"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de arquivos."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"O sistema de arquivos no volume lógico selecionado não pode ser estendido "
-"pelo YaST2.\n"
-"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de "
-"arquivos."
+"O sistema de arquivos no volume lógico selecionado não pode ser estendido pelo YaST2.\n"
+"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de arquivos."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372
msgid "Continue resizing?"
msgstr "Continuar redimensionamento?"
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389
msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr "Você reduziu uma partição com um sistema de arquivos reiser nela."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr "Você reduziu um volume lógico com um sistema de arquivos reiser nele."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398
msgid ""
"\n"
"It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n"
@@ -1862,23 +1827,21 @@
"\n"
"Reduzir o sistema de arquivos agora?"
-#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452
+#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the "
-"partition table.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"O dispositivo selecionado contém partições que estão montadas:\n"
"%1\n"
-"É *altamente* recomendável desmontar essas partições antes de apagar a "
-"tabela de partição.\n"
+"É *altamente* recomendável desmontar essas partições antes de apagar a tabela de partição.\n"
"Escolha Cancelar, a menos que você saiba exatamente o que está fazendo.\n"
-#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475
+#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1892,8 +1855,8 @@
"partições de seus respectivos grupos de volumes\n"
"antes de apagar o dispositivo.\n"
-#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486
+#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1907,8 +1870,8 @@
"partições de seus respectivos sistemas RAID antes de\n"
"apagar o dispositivo.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1920,51 +1883,49 @@
"usada por outro volume. Apague o volume\n"
"antes de apagar o dispositivo.\n"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558
msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Crie e remova subvolumes de um sistema de arquivos Btrfs.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563
msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Habilite instantâneos automáticos para um sistema de arquivos Btrfs com o "
-"snapper.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Habilite instantâneos automáticos para um sistema de arquivos Btrfs com o snapper.</p>"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577
msgid "Existing Subvolumes:"
msgstr "Subvolumes Existentes:"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583
msgid "New Subvolume"
msgstr "Novo Subvolume"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589
msgid "Add new"
msgstr "Adicionar novo"
-#. button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147
+#. button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "Remover"
-#. heading text
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386
+#. heading text
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr "Gerenciamento de Subvolumes"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Não é permitido um nome vazio de subvolume."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
@@ -1972,16 +1933,16 @@
"Somente nomes de subvolume que começam com \"%1\" são permitidos!\n"
"Precedendo automaticamente \"%1\" ao nome do subvolume."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "O nome do subvolume %1 já existe."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "As modificações feitas até agora neste diálogo serão perdidas."
-#. help text for cryptofs
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56
+#. help text for cryptofs
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Create an encrypted file system.\n"
@@ -1991,8 +1952,8 @@
"Crie um sistema de arquivos criptografado.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. help text for cryptofs
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63
+#. help text for cryptofs
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Access an encrypted file system.\n"
@@ -2002,8 +1963,8 @@
"Acesse um sistema de arquivos criptografado.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. help text for cryptofs
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73
+#. help text for cryptofs
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2012,63 +1973,55 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Lembre-se de que esse sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não "
-"estiver \n"
+"Lembre-se de que esse sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não estiver \n"
"montado.</b> Uma vez montado, ele será tão seguro quanto qualquer outro\n"
" sistema de arquivos do Linux.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
-"tmp.\n"
+"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Este ponto de montagem corresponde a um sistema de arquivos temporário como /"
-"tmp ou /var/tmp.\n"
-"Se você deixar a senha de criptografia em branco, o sistema criará uma "
-"senha\n"
-"aleatória durante a inicialização do sistema para você. Isso significa que "
-"você perderá todos\n"
+"Este ponto de montagem corresponde a um sistema de arquivos temporário como /tmp ou /var/tmp.\n"
+"Se você deixar a senha de criptografia em branco, o sistema criará uma senha\n"
+"aleatória durante a inicialização do sistema para você. Isso significa que você perderá todos\n"
"os dados desses sistemas de arquivos quando o sistema for encerrado.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760
+#. help text, continued
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
-"system.\n"
+"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Se você esquecer sua senha, você vai perder acesso aos dados no seu sistema "
-"de arquivos.\n"
+"Se você esquecer sua senha, você vai perder acesso aos dados no seu sistema de arquivos.\n"
"Escolha sua senha com cuidado. Uma combinação de letras e números\n"
"é recomendada. Para garantir que sua senha foi informada corretamente,\n"
"informe ela duas vezes.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774
+#. help text, continued
+#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
-"at\n"
+"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2079,8 +2032,8 @@
"(ex., letras com acentos).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129
+#. help text, continued
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Possible characters are\n"
@@ -2094,10 +2047,10 @@
"letras (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) e dígitos <tt>0</tt> a <tt>9</tt>.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786
+#. help text, continued
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2107,8 +2060,8 @@
"Não esqueça esta senha!\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text for cryptofs
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150
+#. help text for cryptofs
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You will need to enter your encryption password.\n"
@@ -2118,25 +2071,22 @@
"Você precisa digitar sua senha de criptografia.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
+#. help text, continued
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore "
-"is\n"
+"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Se o sistema de arquivos criptografados não contiver nenhum arquivo de "
-"sistema e portanto, não for\n"
-"ecessário para a atualização, você poderá selecionar <b>Ignorar</b>. Neste "
-"caso, o\n"
+"Se o sistema de arquivos criptografados não contiver nenhum arquivo de sistema e portanto, não for\n"
+"ecessário para a atualização, você poderá selecionar <b>Ignorar</b>. Neste caso, o\n"
"sistema de arquivos não é acessado durante a atualização.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n"
@@ -2156,7 +2106,7 @@
"Caso você tenha que usar esse disco para a instalação, destrua a \n"
"etiqueta de disco no particionador avançado.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187
msgid ""
"Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n"
"boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n"
@@ -2170,18 +2120,18 @@
"\n"
"Você precisa marcar todas as partições nesse disco para remoção.\n"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50
msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n"
msgstr "Você não pode usar ponto de montagem \"%1\" para LVM.\n"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77
msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID."
msgstr "Você não pode usar ponto de montagem %1 para RAID."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96
msgid ""
"You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n"
"that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n"
@@ -2190,17 +2140,15 @@
"\n"
"Really do this?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Você optou por não montar automaticamente na inicialização um sistema de "
-"arquivos\n"
-"que possa conter arquivos necessários ao funcionamento apropriado do "
-"sistema.\n"
+"Você optou por não montar automaticamente na inicialização um sistema de arquivos\n"
+"que possa conter arquivos necessários ao funcionamento apropriado do sistema.\n"
"\n"
"Isso pode causar problemas.\n"
"\n"
"Fazer isso mesmo assim?\n"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138
msgid ""
"You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n"
"may contain files that need to be executable.\n"
@@ -2216,32 +2164,32 @@
"\n"
"Fazer isso mesmo assim?\n"
-#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok.
-#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap
-#. @param mount mount point
-#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185
+#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok.
+#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap
+#. @param mount mount point
+#. @return [Boolean]
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185
msgid "Mount point must not be empty."
msgstr "O ponto de montagem não pode ficar vazio."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190
msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point."
msgstr "Os dispositivos de swap devem ter swap como ponto de montagem."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194
msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point."
msgstr "Somente dispositivos de swap podem ter swap como ponto de montagem."
-#. && mount!="swap" )
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209
+#. && mount!="swap" )
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209
msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one."
msgstr "Este ponto de montagem já está em uso. Selecione um diferente."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219
msgid ""
"FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"This is not possible."
@@ -2249,14 +2197,13 @@
"FAT usado para ponto de montagem do sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"Isto não é possível."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228
+msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
msgstr "Caractere inválido no ponto de montagem. Não use \"`'!\"%#\"."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237
msgid ""
"You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n"
"/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n"
@@ -2266,13 +2213,13 @@
"/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n"
"/var/adm/mnt\n"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246
msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" "
msgstr "Seu ponto de montagem deve iniciar com uma \"/\" "
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n"
"to a device without a swap file system."
@@ -2280,10 +2227,10 @@
"Não é permitido atribuir a troca de ponto de montagem\n"
"a um dispositivo sem um sistema de arquivos de troca."
-#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB)
-#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280
+#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
+#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB)
+#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280
msgid ""
"Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
"The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n"
@@ -2293,8 +2240,8 @@
"O tamanho inserido (após arredondamento) é %2.\n"
"O tamanho mínimo para este sistema de arquivos é %3.\n"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n"
"to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system."
@@ -2302,8 +2249,8 @@
"Não é permitido atribuir um ponto de montagem\n"
"para um dispositivo com sistema de arquivos não existente ou desconhecido."
-#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545
+#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2325,14 +2272,14 @@
"\n"
"Usar realmente esse sistema de arquivos?\n"
-#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
-#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007
+#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
+#. modify map new
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "O sistema de arquivos está montado em %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2340,14 +2287,14 @@
"Você pode tentar desmontá-lo agora, continuar sem desmontar ou cancelar.\n"
"Clique em Cancelar, a menos que saiba exatamente o que está fazendo."
-#. button text
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#. button text
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Desmontar"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2355,76 +2302,75 @@
"Você pode tentar desmontá-lo agora ou cancelar.\n"
"Clique em Cancelar, a menos que saiba exatamente o que está fazendo."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Impossível diminuir o sistema de arquivos enquanto está sendo montado."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Impossível estender o sistema de arquivos enquanto está sendo montado."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível redimensionar o sistema de arquivos enquanto está sendo montado."
+msgstr "Impossível redimensionar o sistema de arquivos enquanto está sendo montado."
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgstr "Reexplorar Dispositivos"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85
msgid "Import Mount Points..."
msgstr "Importar Pontos de Montagem..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..."
msgstr "Informar &Senhas de Criptografia..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
msgid "Configure &iSCSI..."
msgstr "Configurar &iSCSI..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
msgid "Configure &FCoE..."
msgstr "Configurar o &FCoE..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
msgid "Configure &Multipath..."
msgstr "Configurar &Multipath..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
msgid "Configure &DASD..."
msgstr "Configurar &DASD..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
msgstr "Configurar &zFCP..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
msgid "Configure &XPRAM..."
msgstr "Configurar &XPRAM..."
-#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
+#. menu button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
msgid "Configure..."
msgstr "Configurar..."
-#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
+#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
msgid "Available Storage on %1"
msgstr "Armazenamento Disponível em %1"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all storage devices\n"
"available.</p>"
@@ -2432,8 +2378,8 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos de armazenamento\n"
"disponíveis.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
@@ -2443,8 +2389,8 @@
"você navega para a tela com informações detalhadas sobre o\n"
"dispositivo.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
@@ -2452,8 +2398,8 @@
"<p>Selecionando uma entrada da tabela você pode\n"
"navegar para a tela com informações detalhadas sobre o dispositivo.</p>"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
msgid ""
"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really rescan disks?"
@@ -2461,8 +2407,8 @@
"Reexplorar os discos cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja reexplorar os discos?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
msgid ""
"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call iSCSI configuration?"
@@ -2470,8 +2416,8 @@
"Chamar a configuração iSCSI cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja chamar a configuração iSCSI?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
msgid ""
"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call FCoE configuration?"
@@ -2479,20 +2425,19 @@
"Chamar a configuração do FCoE cancela todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja realmente chamar a configuração do FCoE?"
-#. popup text
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
+#. popup text
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
msgid ""
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Chamar a configuração de múltiplos caminhos cancela todas as mudanças "
-"atuais.\n"
+"Chamar a configuração de múltiplos caminhos cancela todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja chamar a configuração de múltiplos caminhos?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
msgid ""
"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call DASD configuration?"
@@ -2500,8 +2445,8 @@
"Chamar a configuração DASD cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja chamar a configuração DASD?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
msgid ""
"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call zFCP configuration?"
@@ -2509,8 +2454,8 @@
"Chamar a configuração zFCP cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja chamar a configuração zFCP?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
msgid ""
"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call XPRAM configuration?"
@@ -2518,50 +2463,50 @@
"Chamar a configuração XPRAM cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja chamar a configuração XPRAM?"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Edit Btrfs %1"
msgstr "Editar Btrfs %1"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151
msgid "Select at least one device."
msgstr "Selecione pelo menos um dispositivo."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175
msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mude os dispositivos utilizados pelo volume Btrfs.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Unused Devices:"
msgstr "Dispositivos Não Utilizados:"
-#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531
+#. label for selection box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531
msgid "Selected Devices:"
msgstr "Dispositivos Selecionados:"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291
msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1"
msgstr "Redimensionar Volume Btrfs %1"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130
msgid "No Btrfs device selected."
msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo Btrfs selecionado."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47
msgid ""
"The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -2569,178 +2514,174 @@
"O Btrfs %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n"
"editado. Para editar %1, tenha certeza de que ele não está sendo usado."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134
msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices."
msgstr "Falha ao remover alguns dispositivos físicos."
-#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
- src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
-#. disabled, see bnc #832196
-#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")),
-#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
+#. disabled, see bnc #832196
+#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")),
+#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
- src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Apagar"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130
msgid "Btrfs Volumes"
msgstr "Volumes Btrfs"
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr "Editar..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
-#. disabled, see bnc #832196
-#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")),
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
+#. disabled, see bnc #832196
+#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")),
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
msgid "Delete..."
msgstr "Apagar..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154
msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra todos os volumes Btrfs.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n"
@@ -2748,8 +2689,8 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"o volume Btrfs selecionado.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n"
@@ -2757,74 +2698,72 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos usados\n"
"pelo volume Btrfs selecionado.</p>\n"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330
msgid "Btrfs Device: %1"
msgstr "Dispositivo Btrfs: %1"
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. tab heading
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. tab heading
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr "Visã&o Geral"
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. tab heading
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. tab heading
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317
msgid "&Used Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos &Usados"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Escolha a função do dispositivo.</p>"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
msgstr "Partição de Boot EFI"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "Sistema Operacional"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr "Aplicativos de Dados e ISV"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr "Troca"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr "Volume Inicial (não formatado)"
-#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr "Função"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2832,21 +2771,19 @@
"<p>Primeiro, informe se a partição deve ser formatada\n"
"e escolha o tipo de sistema de arquivos.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
-"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an "
-"existing\n"
+"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para criptografar todos os dados no\n"
-"volume, selecione <b>Criptografar Dispositivo</b>. A mudança da criptografia "
-"em\n"
+"volume, selecione <b>Criptografar Dispositivo</b>. A mudança da criptografia em\n"
"um volume existente apaga todos os seus dados.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
@@ -2854,49 +2791,48 @@
"<p>Em seguida, escolha se a partição deve ser montada\n"
"e insira o ponto de montagem (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
-#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336
+#. set globals
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Opções de Formatação"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formatar a partição"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Não formatar a partição"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Não montar partição"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Opções de Montagem"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Montar partição"
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Ponto de Montagem"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Opções do Fs&tab..."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Os arquivos de criptografia devem ser criptografados."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2908,18 +2844,18 @@
"\n"
"Verifique também a opção de formato.\n"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Os arquivos de criptografia necessitam de um ponto de montagem."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs requer um ponto de montagem."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2928,14 +2864,13 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Lembre-se de que este sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não "
-"estiver \n"
+"Lembre-se de que este sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não estiver \n"
"montado. Uma vez montado, ele será tão seguro quanto qualquer outro\n"
" sistema de arquivos do Linux.\n"
"</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2944,39 +2879,36 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"O sistema de arquivos usado para este volume é de troca. Você pode deixar a "
-"senha de\n"
-"criptografia vazia, mas o dispositivo de troca não pode ser usado para "
-"hibernação\n"
+"O sistema de arquivos usado para este volume é de troca. Você pode deixar a senha de\n"
+"criptografia vazia, mas o dispositivo de troca não pode ser usado para hibernação\n"
"(suspender para o disco).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Todos os dados armazenados no volume serão perdidos!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Senha"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr "Redimensionamento não suportado no dispositivo subjacente."
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Você não pode redimensionar a partição selecionada porque o sistema de "
-"arquivos\n"
+"Você não pode redimensionar a partição selecionada porque o sistema de arquivos\n"
"nessa partição não suporta redimensionamento.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2984,8 +2916,8 @@
"Impossível verificar se uma partição NTFS\n"
"pode ser redimensionada enquanto estiver sendo montada."
-#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971
+#. FIXME: Really?
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2993,79 +2925,79 @@
"Impossível redimensionar a partição %1,\n"
"pois o sistema de arquivos parece estar inconsistente.\n"
-#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998
+#. Heading for dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Redimensionar Partição %1"
-#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019
+#. Heading for dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Redimensionar Volume Lógico %1"
-#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051
+#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho atual: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Atualmente em uso: %1"
-#. frame heading
-#. input field label
-#. combo box label
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129
+#. frame heading
+#. input field label
+#. combo box label
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamanho"
-#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
+#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
+#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Tamanho Máximo (%1)"
-#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096
+#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Tamanho Mínimo (%1)"
-#. radio button text
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
+#. radio button text
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Tamanho Personalizado"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139
+#. help text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Escolha o novo tamanho.</p>"
-#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
+#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
+#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
msgstr "O tamanho informado é inválido. Forneça um tamanho entre %1 e %2."
-#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only
-#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
-#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
-#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233
+#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only
+#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
+#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
+#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3077,28 +3009,28 @@
"desmontar o sistema de arquivos, o que aumentará muito a velocidade\n"
"da tarefa de redimensionamento."
-#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309
+#. label for log view
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Saída de %1"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Reexplorando os discos..."
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Edit DM %1"
msgstr "Editar DM %1"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35
msgid "No DM device selected."
msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo DM selecionado."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46
msgid ""
"The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3106,25 +3038,24 @@
"O DM %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n"
"editado. Para editar %1, tenha certeza de que ele não está sendo usado."
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85
msgid "Device Mapper (DM)"
msgstr "Mapeador de Dispositivo (DM)"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n"
"included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n"
"BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos do Mapeador de Dispositivos,\n"
-"exceto aqueles já incluídos em alguma outra tela. Portanto, os discos de "
-"múltiplos caminhos,\n"
+"exceto aqueles já incluídos em alguma outra tela. Portanto, os discos de múltiplos caminhos,\n"
"RAIDs de BIOS e volumes lógicos LVM não são exibidos aqui.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected Device Mapper device.</p>"
@@ -3132,8 +3063,8 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra informações detalhadas sobre o \n"
"dispositivo Mapeador de Dispositivos selecionado.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
"selected Device Mapper device.</p>"
@@ -3141,185 +3072,185 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos utilizados pelo\n"
"dispositivo Mapeador de Dispositivos selecionado.</p>"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265
msgid "DM Device: %1"
msgstr "Dispositivo DM: %1"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-graph.rb
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-graph.rb
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
msgid "Add RAID"
msgstr "Adicionar RAID"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Add Volume Group"
msgstr "Adicionar Grupo de Volumes"
-#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
-#. a set of notes connected with edges
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447
+#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
+#. a set of notes connected with edges
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447
msgid "Device Graph"
msgstr "Gráfico do Dispositivo"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
msgid "Save Device Graph..."
msgstr "Gravar Gráfico de Dispositivos..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra um gráfico dos dispositivos.</p>"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
msgid "Saving graph file failed."
msgstr "Falha ao gravar arquivo de gráfico."
-#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
-#. a set of notes connected with edges
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
+#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
+#. a set of notes connected with edges
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
msgid "Mount Graph"
msgstr "Gráfico de Montagem"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
msgid "Save Mount Graph..."
msgstr "Gravar Gráfico de Montagem..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra um gráfico dos pontos de montagem.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41
msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Escolha o tipo de partição para a nova partição.</p>"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63
msgid "&Primary Partition"
msgstr "Partição &Primária"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76
msgid "&Extended Partition"
msgstr "Partição &Estendida"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89
msgid "&Logical Partition"
msgstr "Partição &Lógica"
-#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99
msgid "New Partition Type"
msgstr "Novo Tipo de Partição"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166
msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Escolha o novo tamanho da nova partição.</p>"
-#. frame heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232
+#. frame heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232
msgid "New Partition Size"
msgstr "Novo Tamanho da Partição"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265
msgid "Custom Region"
msgstr "Região Personalizada"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272
msgid "Start Cylinder"
msgstr "Cilindro Inicial"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "End Cylinder"
msgstr "Cilindro Final"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380
msgid "The region entered is invalid."
msgstr "A região digitada é inválida."
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Adicionar Partição em %1"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Editar Partição %1"
-#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
+#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Nenhum espaço para a partição movida %1."
-#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
+#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "Mover a partição %1 para frente?"
-#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
+#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr "Mover a partição %1 para trás?"
-#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
+#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Mover a partição %1?"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Para frente"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Para trás"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Confirmar Remoção de Todas as Partições"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3327,35 +3258,35 @@
"O disco \"%1\" contém ao menos uma partição.\n"
"Se você continuar, as seguintes partições serão apagadas:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Realmente apagar todas as partições em \"%1\"?"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "Nenhum disco rígido selecionado."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
msgstr "Impossível criar tabela de partição no DASD formatado com LDL."
-#. error popup
-#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234
+#. error popup
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "O disco está em uso e não pode ser modificado."
-#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
+#. dialog heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "Selecione o novo tipo de tabela de partição para %1."
-#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
+#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
@@ -3363,46 +3294,46 @@
"Criar nova tabela de partição em %1? Isso vai apagar todos os dados\n"
"em %1 e todos os RAIDs e Grupos de Volume que utilizam partições em %1."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Nenhum disco selecionado."
-#. popup text
-#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
+#. popup text
+#. Must be called before removing device.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "Realmente apagar o RAID BIOS %1?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "Realmente deseja apagar RAID Particionado %1?"
-#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
+#. error ppup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "Não existem partições para apagar neste disco."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "Não é possível criar uma partição em %1."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "Nenhuma partição selecionada."
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3410,13 +3341,13 @@
"A partição %1 está em uso e não pode\n"
"ser editada. Para editar %1, verifique se não está em uso."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "Impossível editar uma partição estendida."
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
@@ -3424,13 +3355,13 @@
"A partição %1 já está criada no disco\n"
"e não pode ser movida."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "Uma partição estendida não pode ser movida."
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3438,13 +3369,13 @@
"A partição %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n"
"redimensionada. Para redimensionar %1, verifique se não está sendo usada."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "Impossível redimensionar uma partição estendida."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3460,7 +3391,7 @@
"partições. Após a clonagem, essas partições\n"
"serão apagadas.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
@@ -3468,11 +3399,11 @@
"As seguintes partições serão apagadas\n"
"e todos os seus dados serão perdidos:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente apagar estas partições?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
@@ -3482,7 +3413,7 @@
"clonável deve ter pelo menos uma partição.\n"
"Crie partições antes de clonar o disco.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
@@ -3490,20 +3421,20 @@
"Este disco não pode ser clonado. Não existem discos\n"
"apropriados com o mesmo layout de particionamento."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "Clonar layout da partição de %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "Discos de destino disponíveis:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr "Selecionar um disco de destino para criar um clone"
-#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
+#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3511,8 +3442,8 @@
"A execução de dasdfmt apaga todos os dados no disco.\n"
"Realmente deseja executar dasdfmt no disco %1?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3524,58 +3455,58 @@
" As partições atualmente presentes neste disco são exibidas\n"
" novamente.\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41
msgid "Add Partition"
msgstr "Adicionar Partição"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62
msgid "Move"
msgstr "Mover"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Redimensionar"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88
msgid "Move..."
msgstr "Mover..."
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61
msgid "Resize..."
msgstr "Redimensionar..."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132
msgid ""
"Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n"
"devices cannot be moved."
@@ -3583,8 +3514,8 @@
"Discos rígidos, RAIDs de BIOS e dispositivos\n"
"com caminhos múltiplos não podem ser movidos."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143
msgid ""
"Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n"
"devices cannot be resized."
@@ -3592,39 +3523,38 @@
"Discos rígidos, RAIDs de BIOS e dispositivos\n"
"com caminhos múltiplos não podem ser redimensionados."
-#. heading
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374
+#. heading
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374
msgid "Hard Disks"
msgstr "Discos Rígidos"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220
msgid "Add Partition..."
msgstr "Adicionar Partição..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n"
"iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Esta tela mostra todos os discos rígidos, incluindo\n"
-"discos iSCSI, RAIDs de BIOS e discos de múltiplos caminhos e suas partições."
-"</p>\n"
+"discos iSCSI, RAIDs de BIOS e discos de múltiplos caminhos e suas partições.</p>\n"
-#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320
+#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320
msgid "Health Test (SMART)..."
msgstr "Teste de Saúde (SMART)..."
-#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331
+#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331
msgid "Properties (hdparm)..."
msgstr "Propriedades (hdparm)..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected hard disk.</p>"
@@ -3632,84 +3562,82 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"o disco rígido selecionado.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393
msgid "SMART is not available for this disk."
msgstr "SMART não disponível para este disco."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401
msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk."
msgstr "Hdparm não disponível para este disco."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458
msgid "Create New Partition Table"
msgstr "Criar Nova Tabela de Partição"
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467
msgid "Clone this Disk"
msgstr "Clonar este Disco"
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477
msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device"
msgstr "Executar dasd&fmt no dispositivo DASD"
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
msgid "Add..."
msgstr "Adicionar..."
-#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501
+#. menu button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501
msgid "Expert..."
msgstr "Avançado..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n"
"hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n"
"partitions are shown here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Esta tela mostra todas as partições do disco rígido\n"
-"selecionado. Se o disco rígido for usado por RAID de BIOS ou múltiplos "
-"caminhos,\n"
+"selecionado. Se o disco rígido for usado por RAID de BIOS ou múltiplos caminhos,\n"
"nenhuma partição será exibida aqui.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
"selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n"
"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos usados pelo\n"
-"disco rígido selecionado. A tela está disponível somente para RAIDs de BIOS, "
-"RAIDS \n"
+"disco rígido selecionado. A tela está disponível somente para RAIDs de BIOS, RAIDS \n"
"de software particionados e discos de múltiplos caminhos.</p>\n"
-#. tab heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646
+#. tab heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646
msgid "&Partitions"
msgstr "&Partições"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661
msgid "Hard Disk: %1"
msgstr "Disco Rígido: %1"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721
msgid "Partition: %1"
msgstr "Partição: %1"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected partition.</p>"
@@ -3717,20 +3645,19 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"a partição selecionada.</p>"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296
msgid ""
"<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n"
"Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n"
"the table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>O YaST2 explorou os discos rígidos e encontrou\n"
-"um ou mais sistemas Linux existentes sem pontos de montagem. Os pontos de "
-"montagem antigos são exibidos \n"
+"um ou mais sistemas Linux existentes sem pontos de montagem. Os pontos de montagem antigos são exibidos \n"
"na tabela.</p>\n"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n"
"volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n"
@@ -3741,49 +3668,49 @@
"instalação. Volumes que não são de sistema, por exemplo, \n"
"/home, não serão formatados.</p>"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328
msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected."
msgstr "Nenhum sistema anterior com pontos de montagem foi detectado."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343
msgid "Show &Previous"
msgstr "Mostrar Anteriores &P"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344
msgid "Show &Next"
msgstr "Mostrar Próximo &N"
-#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353
+#. dialog heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353
msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:"
msgstr "Importar Pontos de Montagem de um Sistema Existente:"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368
msgid "Format System Volumes"
msgstr "Formatar Volumes do Sistema"
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374
+#. pushbutton label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374
msgid "Import"
msgstr "Importar"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400
+#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400
msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:"
msgstr "/etc/fstab encontrado em %1 contém:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499
msgid "Wrong Password Provided."
msgstr "Senha Incorreta Fornecida."
-#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
+#. Must be called before removing device.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "Confirmar Exclusão da Partição Usada pelo LVM"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
@@ -3793,15 +3720,15 @@
"Para manter o sistema em um estado consistente, o seguinte grupo de volume\n"
"e seus volumes lógicos serão apagados:\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Apagar partição \"%1\" e grupo de volume \"%2\" agora?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "Confirmar Exclusão da Partição Usada pelo RAID"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
@@ -3811,24 +3738,24 @@
"Para manter o sistema em um estado consistente, o seguinte\n"
"dispositivo RAID será apagado:\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Apagar a partição \"%1\" e o RAID \"%2\" agora?"
-#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
+#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "Realmente deseja apagar todas as partições em %1?"
-#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#. now delete partition!!
-#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
+#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#. now delete partition!!
+#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "Realmente apagar %1?"
-#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
+#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3836,61 +3763,58 @@
"\n"
"O arquivo loop %1 também deve ser removido?\n"
-#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
-#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
+#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
+#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "Não particionado"
-#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one
-#. or the end of the disk if
-#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
-#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
+#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one
+#. or the end of the disk if
+#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
+#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "Não alocado"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Nenhuma mudança no particionamento.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mudanças no particionamento:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Nenhuma mudança nas configurações de armazenamento.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Configurações de armazenamento:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pacotes para instalar:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Nenhum pacote precisa ser instalado.</p>"
-#. TODO
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
+#. TODO
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the "
-"file\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Caminho do Arquivo de Loop:</b><br>Isso deve ser um caminho absoluto "
-"para o arquivo\n"
-"que contêm os dados para o dispositivo de loop criptografado a ser "
-"configurado.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Caminho do Arquivo de Loop:</b><br>Isso deve ser um caminho absoluto para o arquivo\n"
+"que contêm os dados para o dispositivo de loop criptografado a ser configurado.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n"
@@ -3898,13 +3822,12 @@
"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Criar Arquivo de Loop:</b><br>Se essa opção for marcada, o arquivo "
-"será \n"
+"<p><b>Criar Arquivo de Loop:</b><br>Se essa opção for marcada, o arquivo será \n"
"criado com o tamanho indicado no próximo campo. <b>NOTA:</b> Se o \n"
"arquivo já existir, todos os dados serão perdidos.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n"
@@ -3912,11 +3835,10 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Tamanho:</b><br>Este é o tamanho do arquivo de loop.\n"
-"O sistema de arquivos a ser criado no dispositivo de loop criptografado terá "
-"esse tamanho.</p>\n"
+"O sistema de arquivos a ser criado no dispositivo de loop criptografado terá esse tamanho.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n"
@@ -3930,23 +3852,23 @@
"sistema de arquivos não está acessível. Ele será criado no final da\n"
"instalação. Tenha cuidado ao fornecer o tamanho e o nome do caminho.</p>\n"
-#. input field label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96
+#. input field label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Path Name of Loop File"
msgstr "Caminho do Arquivo Loop"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103
msgid "Browse..."
msgstr "Procurar..."
-#. check box text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111
+#. check box text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111
msgid "Create Loop File"
msgstr "Criar Arquivo de Loop"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162
msgid ""
"The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n"
"Use an absolute path name.\n"
@@ -3954,13 +3876,13 @@
"O nome de arquivo \"%1\" é inválido.\n"
"Use um nome de caminho absoluto.\n"
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1."
msgstr "O tamanho informado é inválido. Forneça um tamanho de pelo menos %1."
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206
msgid ""
"The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n"
"and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n"
@@ -3970,47 +3892,47 @@
"e o flag para criá-lo está desligado. Use um arquivo existente ou ative\n"
"o flag de criação."
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "Adicionar Arquivo Crypt"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "Editar Arquivo Crypt %1"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107
msgid "No crypt file selected."
msgstr "Nenhum arquivo crypt selecionado."
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77
msgid ""
"The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4018,30 +3940,30 @@
"O Arquivo Crypt %1 está sendo usado e não\n"
"pode ser editado. Para editar %1, verifique se ele não está sendo usado."
-#. heading
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
+#. heading
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
msgid "Crypt Files"
msgstr "Arquivos Crypt"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112
msgid "Add Crypt File..."
msgstr "Adicionar Arquivo Crypt..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121
msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela exibe todos os arquivos crypt.</p>"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172
msgid "Crypt File: %1"
msgstr "Arquivo Crypt: %1"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n"
"selected crypt file.</p>"
@@ -4049,23 +3971,23 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"o arquivo crypt selecionado.</p>"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41
msgid "Enter a name for the volume group."
msgstr "Digite um nome para o grupo de volumes."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46
msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters."
msgstr "O nome do grupo de volumes é maior do que 128 caracteres."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52
msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"."
msgstr "O nome do grupo de volumes não deve iniciar com um \"-\"."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58
msgid ""
"The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n"
"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"."
@@ -4073,13 +3995,13 @@
"O nome do grupo de volumes contém caracteres inválidos. Caracteres\n"
"permitidos são os alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" e \"+\"."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76
msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists."
msgstr "O grupo de volumes \"%1\" já existe."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85
msgid ""
"The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n"
"with another entry in the /dev directory.\n"
@@ -4087,52 +4009,48 @@
"O nome de grupo do volume \"%1\" está em conflito\n"
"com uma outra entrada no diretório /dev.\n"
-#. pop-up dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106
+#. pop-up dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group"
msgstr "Confirmar Exclusão do Grupo de Volume"
-#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109
+#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109
msgid ""
"The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n"
"If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n"
"and deleted:"
msgstr ""
"O grupo de volume \"%1\" contém, no mínimo, um volume lógico.\n"
-"Se você prosseguir, os seguintes volumes serão desmontados (se estiverem "
-"montados)\n"
+"Se você prosseguir, os seguintes volumes serão desmontados (se estiverem montados)\n"
"e apagados:"
-#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
+#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?"
-msgstr ""
-"Realmente apagar o grupo de volume \"%1\" e todos os volumes lógicos "
-"relacionados?"
+msgstr "Realmente apagar o grupo de volume \"%1\" e todos os volumes lógicos relacionados?"
-#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
+#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
msgid ""
"The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n"
"in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\""
msgstr ""
-"Os dados inseridos são inválidos. Insira uma tamanho físico de extensão "
-"maior do que %1\n"
+"Os dados inseridos são inválidos. Insira uma tamanho físico de extensão maior do que %1\n"
"em potências de 2, por exemplo, \"%2\" ou \"%3\""
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167
msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume."
msgstr "Digite um nome para o volume lógico."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172
msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters."
msgstr "O nome do volume lógico é maior do que 128 caracteres."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178
msgid ""
"The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n"
"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"."
@@ -4140,8 +4058,8 @@
"O nome do volume lógico contém caracteres inválidos. Caracteres\n"
"permitidos são os alfanuméricos,\".\", \"_\", \"-\" e \"+\"."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197
msgid ""
"A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n"
"in volume group \"%2\"."
@@ -4149,59 +4067,56 @@
"Um volume lógico chamado \"%1\" já existe\n"
"no grupo de volumes \"%2\"."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238
msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Digite o nome e o tamanho físico do novo grupo de volumes.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione os volumes físicos que o grupo de volumes deve conter.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecione os volumes físicos que o grupo de volumes deve conter.</p>"
-#. label for input field
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283
+#. label for input field
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Volume Group Name"
msgstr "Nome do Grupo de Volume"
-#. label for combo box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293
+#. label for combo box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293
msgid "&Physical Extent Size"
msgstr "Tamanho da Extensão &Física"
-#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413
+#. label for selection box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Available Physical Volumes:"
msgstr "Volumes Físicos Disponíveis:"
-#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414
+#. label for selection box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414
msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:"
msgstr "Volumes Físicos Selecionados:"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378
msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mude os dispositivos usados para o grupo de volme.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
-"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
-"higher\n"
+"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n"
"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Digite o tamanho, bem como o número e tamanho \n"
-"de distribuições para o novo volume lógico. O número de distribuições não "
-"pode ser maior\n"
+"de distribuições para o novo volume lógico. O número de distribuições não pode ser maior\n"
"que o número de volumes físicos do grupo de volume.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500
msgid ""
"<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n"
"with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n"
@@ -4212,172 +4127,161 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Os chamados <b>Volumes Dinâmicos</b> podem ser criados\n"
"com tamanho de volume arbitrário. O espaço necessário é obtido sob demanda \n"
-"do <b>Pool Dinâmico</b> atribuído. Portanto, é possível criar um Volume "
-"Dinâmico maior\n"
+"do <b>Pool Dinâmico</b> atribuído. Portanto, é possível criar um Volume Dinâmico maior\n"
"que o Pool Dinâmico. Claro que quando realmente há dados gravados em um\n"
-"Volume Dinâmico, o Pool Dinâmico atribuído deve atender a esse requisito de "
-"espaço.\n"
+"Volume Dinâmico, o Pool Dinâmico atribuído deve atender a esse requisito de espaço.\n"
"Volumes Dinâmicos não podem ter uma Contagem de Stripe."
-#. heading for frame
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186
+#. heading for frame
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186
msgid "Stripes"
msgstr "Distribuições"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606
msgid "Number"
msgstr "Número"
-#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631
+#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631
msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Adicionar volume Lógico %1 a %2"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Resize Volume Group %1"
msgstr "Redimensionar Grupo de Volumes %1"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Digite o nome do novo volume lógico.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
-"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
-"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
+"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>É possível declarar o volume lógico como um <b>Volume Normal</b>.\n"
-"Esse é o padrão e significa que os Volumes LVM puros, como todos os volumes, "
-"já foram o recurso de <b>Aprovisionamento Dinâmico</b> existente.\n"
+"Esse é o padrão e significa que os Volumes LVM puros, como todos os volumes, já foram o recurso de <b>Aprovisionamento Dinâmico</b> existente.\n"
"Em caso de dúvida, mais provavelmente essa é a opção certa</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
-"such a pool.</p>"
+"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>É possível declarar o volume lógico como um <b>Pool Dinâmico</b>.\n"
-"Isso significa que os <b>Volumes Dinâmicos</b> alocam seu espaço necessário "
-"sob demanda desse pool.</p>"
+"Isso significa que os <b>Volumes Dinâmicos</b> alocam seu espaço necessário sob demanda desse pool.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
-"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool"
-"b>.</p>"
+"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>É possível declarar o volume lógico como um <b>Volume Dinâmico</b>.\n"
-"Isso significa que o volume aloca o espaço necessário sob demanda de um "
-"<b>Pool Dinâmico</b>.</p>"
+"Isso significa que o volume aloca o espaço necessário sob demanda de um <b>Pool Dinâmico</b>.</p>"
-#. heading for frame
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827
+#. heading for frame
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195
msgid "Logical Volume"
msgstr "Volume Lógico"
-#. heading for frame
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132
+#. heading for frame
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Normal Volume"
msgstr "Volume Normal"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851
msgid "Thin Pool"
msgstr "Pool Dinâmico"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857
msgid "Thin Volume"
msgstr "Volume Dinâmico"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Used Pool"
msgstr "Pool Usado"
-#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
+#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Adicionar Volume Lógico em %1"
-#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
+#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Editar Volume Lógico %1 em %2"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68
msgid ""
"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n"
"\n"
-"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one "
-"unused\n"
+"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n"
"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly."
msgstr ""
-"Não existem dispositivos não utilizados apropriados para ciar um grupo de "
-"volumes.\n"
+"Não existem dispositivos não utilizados apropriados para ciar um grupo de volumes.\n"
"\n"
-"Para usar LVM, pelo menos uma partição não usada do tipo 0x8e (ou 0x83) ou "
-"um dispositivo\n"
+"Para usar LVM, pelo menos uma partição não usada do tipo 0x8e (ou 0x83) ou um dispositivo\n"
"RAID não usado é necessário. Mude sua tabela de partições de acordo."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165
msgid "No volume group selected."
msgstr "Nenhum grupo de volumes selecionado."
-#. empty VG - simple
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181
+#. empty VG - simple
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181
msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Realmente apagar o grupo de volumes \"%1\"?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198
msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed."
msgstr "Falha ao apagar o grupo de volume \"%1\"."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "Nenhum volume lógico selecionado."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232
msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"."
msgstr "Não há espaço disponível no grupo de volumes \"%1\"."
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
@@ -4385,8 +4289,8 @@
"O volume %1 é um pool dinâmico.\n"
"Ele não pode ser editado."
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4394,46 +4298,46 @@
"O volume %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n"
"editado. Para editar %1, tenha certeza de que ele não está sendo usado."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41
msgid "Add Logical Volume"
msgstr "Adicionar Volume Lógico"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190
msgid "Volume Group"
msgstr "Grupo de Volume"
-#. heading
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
+#. heading
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
msgid "Volume Management"
msgstr "Gerenciamento de Volumes"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n"
"their logical volumes.</p>"
@@ -4441,8 +4345,8 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe todos os grupos de volumes LVM e\n"
"seus volumes lógicos.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected volume group.</p>"
@@ -4450,8 +4354,8 @@
"<p>Esta visão exibe informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"o grupo de volumes selecionado.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n"
"selected volume group.</p>"
@@ -4459,8 +4363,8 @@
"<p>Esta visão exibe todos os volumes lógicos\n"
"do grupo de volumes selecionado.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n"
"the selected volume group.</p>"
@@ -4468,28 +4372,28 @@
"<p>Esta visão exibe todos os volumes físicos usados\n"
"pelo grupo de volumes selecionado.</p>"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460
msgid "Volume Group: %1"
msgstr "Grupo de Volumes: %1"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469
msgid "&Logical Volumes"
msgstr "Volumes &lógicos"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471
msgid "&Physical Volumes"
msgstr "Volumes &Físicos"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525
msgid "Logical Volume: %1"
msgstr "Volume Lógico: %1"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected logical volume.</p>"
@@ -4497,56 +4401,56 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"o volume lógico selecionado.</p>"
-#. tree node label
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
+#. tree node label
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
msgid "RAID"
msgstr "RAID"
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
msgid "Device Mapper"
msgstr "Mapeador de Dispositivos"
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "NFS"
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421
msgid "Btrfs"
msgstr "Btrfs"
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428
msgid "tmpfs"
msgstr "tmpfs"
-#. tree node label
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
+#. tree node label
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
msgid "Unused Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos Não Utilizados"
-#. tree node label
-#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
+#. tree node label
+#. dialog heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr "Resumo da Instalação"
-#. tree node label
-#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
+#. tree node label
+#. dialog heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configurações"
-#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547
+#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547
msgid ""
"You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n"
"will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n"
@@ -4556,38 +4460,34 @@
"Estas mudanças serão perdidas se você sair do particionador com %1.\n"
"Realmente sair?"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561
msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Aqui você pode ver o resumo do particionamento.</p>"
-#. Fullscreen summary of changes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573
+#. Fullscreen summary of changes
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573
msgid ": Summary"
msgstr ": Resumo"
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648
msgid "System View"
msgstr "Visão do Sistema"
-#. fallback dialog content
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"A configuração do NFS não está disponível. Verifique a instalação do pacote "
-"yast2-nfs-client."
+#. fallback dialog content
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
+msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation."
+msgstr "A configuração do NFS não está disponível. Verifique a instalação do pacote yast2-nfs-client."
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
msgid "Network File System (NFS)"
msgstr "Network File System (NFS)"
-#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060)
-#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171
+#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060)
+#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171
msgid ""
"Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n"
"Save it anyway?"
@@ -4595,88 +4495,73 @@
"A montagem de teste do compartilhamento NFS '%1' falhou.\n"
"Deseja gravar mesmo assim?"
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61
msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device."
msgstr "Para %1, selecione pelo menos %2 dispositivo."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82
msgid "<p>Select the RAID type for the new RAID.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Selecione o tipo de RAID para o novo RAID.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
-"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Este nível aumenta o desempenho do disco.\n"
-"<b>NÃO</b> há redundância neste modo. Se uma das unidades falhar, não será "
-"possível recuperar os dados.</p>\n"
+"<b>NÃO</b> há redundância neste modo. Se uma das unidades falhar, não será possível recuperar os dados.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
-"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data "
-"on all\n"
-"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The "
-"partitions\n"
+"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
+"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Este modo tem a melhor redundäncia. Ele pode ser\n"
-"usado com dois ou mais discos. É mantida cópia exata de todos os dados de "
-"todos os\n"
-"discos. Enquanto pelo menos um disco ainda está funcionando, nenhum dado é "
-"perdido.\n"
-"As partições usadas neste caso devem ter aproximadamente o mesmo tamanho."
-"p>\n"
+"usado com dois ou mais discos. É mantida cópia exata de todos os dados de todos os\n"
+"discos. Enquanto pelo menos um disco ainda está funcionando, nenhum dado é perdido.\n"
+"As partições usadas neste caso devem ter aproximadamente o mesmo tamanho.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
-"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
-"disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail "
-"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
+"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Este modo combina gerenciamento de muitos\n"
-"discos e ainda mantém alguma redundäncia. Pode ser usado com trës discos ou "
-"mais.\n"
-"Se um disco falha, todo dado ainda está intacto. Se dois discos falham "
-"simultaneamente, todos os dados são perdidos</p>\n"
+"discos e ainda mantém alguma redundäncia. Pode ser usado com trës discos ou mais.\n"
+"Se um disco falha, todo dado ainda está intacto. Se dois discos falham simultaneamente, todos os dados são perdidos</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n"
"name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n"
"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nome do Raid</b> permite dar um nome que faça sentido\n"
-"para o raid. Ele é opcional. Se o nome for especificado, o dispositivo "
-"estará\n"
+"para o raid. Ele é opcional. Se o nome for especificado, o dispositivo estará\n"
"disponível como <tt>/dev/md/<nome></tt>.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
-"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
-"the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)."
-"p>\n"
+"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Adicionar partições para seu RAID. De acordo com\n"
-"o tipo de RAID, o tamanho útil do disco é a soma dessas partições (RAID0), o "
-"tamanho\n"
+"o tipo de RAID, o tamanho útil do disco é a soma dessas partições (RAID0), o tamanho\n"
"da menor partição (RAID 1) ou (N-1)*menor partição (RAID 5).</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n"
"to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n"
@@ -4684,85 +4569,80 @@
"<p>Geralmente, as partições devem estar em drives diferentes,\n"
"para ter a redundäncia e performance que você quer.</p>\n"
-#. heading
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192
+#. heading
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192
msgid "RAID Type"
msgstr "Tipo de RAID"
-#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
-#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201
+#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
+#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201
msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)"
msgstr "RAID &0 (Striping)"
-#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if
-#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210
+#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if
+#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210
msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)"
msgstr "RAID &1 (Espelhamento)"
-#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate
-#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219
+#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate
+#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219
msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)"
msgstr "RAID &5 (Striping Redundante)"
-#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
-#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228
+#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
+#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228
msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)"
msgstr "RAID &6 (Striping Duplo Redundante)"
-#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if
-#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237
+#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if
+#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237
msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)"
msgstr "RAID &10 (Espelhamento e Striping)"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248
msgid "Raid &Name (optional)"
msgstr "&Nome do Raid (opcional)"
-#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530
+#. label for selection box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530
msgid "Available Devices:"
msgstr "Dispositivos Disponíveis:"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
-"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
-"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect "
-"the array very much.</p>\n"
+"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho do Pacote:</b><br>É a menor massa de dados \"atômica\" \n"
-"que pode ser gravada nos dispositivos. Um tamanho razoável para RAID 5 é 128 "
-"KB. Para RAID 0,\n"
+"que pode ser gravada nos dispositivos. Um tamanho razoável para RAID 5 é 128 KB. Para RAID 0,\n"
"32 KB é um bom começo. Para RAID 1, o tamanho não afeta muito a matriz.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
msgid "Parity Algorithm:"
msgstr "Algoritmo de Paridade:"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
-"with rotating platters.\n"
+"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
"O algoritmo de paridade a ser utilizado no RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric é o que oferece desempenho máximo nos discos típicos com "
-"superfícies rotativas.\n"
+"Left-symmetric é o que oferece desempenho máximo nos discos típicos com superfícies rotativas.\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
msgid ""
"For further details regarding the parity \n"
"algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n"
@@ -4770,66 +4650,66 @@
"Para mais detalhes sobre o algoritmo de\n"
"paridade, consulte a página de manual do mdadm (man mdadm).\n"
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195
msgid "Chunk Size"
msgstr "Tamanho do Pacote"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427
msgid "Parity &Algorithm"
msgstr "&Algoritmo de Paridade"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436
msgid "RAID Options"
msgstr "Opções RAID"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481
msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Alterar os dispositivos usados para o RAID.</p>"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Adicionar RAID %1"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Redimensionar RAID %1"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "Editar RAID %1"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76
msgid ""
"\n"
"Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n"
@@ -4838,26 +4718,25 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Impossível modificar o raid %1 porque seu estado é inativo.\n"
-"Isso normalmente significa que o subconjunto de dispositivos raid é pequeno "
-"demais\n"
+"Isso normalmente significa que o subconjunto de dispositivos raid é pequeno demais\n"
"para ser usado no raid.\n"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99
msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID."
msgstr "Não existem dispositivos não usados apropriados para criar um RAID."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255
msgid "No RAID selected."
msgstr "Nenhum RAID selecionado."
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166
msgid ""
"The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4865,8 +4744,8 @@
"O RAID %1 está em uso e não pode ser editado.\n"
"Para editar %1, verifique se não está sendo usado."
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209
msgid ""
"The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again."
@@ -4874,8 +4753,8 @@
"O RAID %1 já está criado no disco e não pode ser\n"
"redimensionado. Para redimensionar %1, remova-o e crie novamente."
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222
msgid ""
"The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4883,18 +4762,18 @@
"O RAID %1 está em uso e não pode ser redimensionado.\n"
"Para redimensionar %1, verifique se ele não está em uso."
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132
msgid "Add RAID..."
msgstr "Adicionar RAID..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141
msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra todos os RAIDs, exceto os RAIDs de BIOS.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected RAID.</p>"
@@ -4902,8 +4781,8 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe informações detalhadas sobre \n"
"o RAID selecionado.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
"selected RAID.</p>"
@@ -4911,130 +4790,123 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe todos os dispositivos usados\n"
"pelo RAID selecionado.</p>"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308
msgid "RAID: %1"
msgstr "RAID: %1"
-#. list entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
+#. list entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Rótulo"
-#. list entry
-#. combo box entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
+#. list entry
+#. combo box entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
msgid "UUID"
msgstr "UUID"
-#. list entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
+#. list entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
msgid "Mount by"
msgstr "Montar por"
-#. list entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
+#. list entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
msgid "Used by"
msgstr "Usada Por"
-#. list entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
+#. list entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
msgid "BIOS ID"
msgstr "ID do BIOS"
-#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
+#. list entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
msgid "Cylinder information"
msgstr "Informação do Cilindro"
-#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
+#. list entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
msgid "Fibre Channel information"
msgstr "Informação sobre Fibre Channel"
-#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
+#. list entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Criptografia"
-#. combo box entry
-#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
+#. combo box entry
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Nome do Dispositivo"
-#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
msgid "Volume Label"
msgstr "Rótulo do Volume"
-#. combo box entry
-#. combo box entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
+#. combo box entry
+#. combo box entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "ID do Dispositivo"
-#. combo box entry
-#. combo box entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
+#. combo box entry
+#. combo box entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
msgid "Device Path"
msgstr "Caminho do Dispositivo"
-#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
msgid "Optimal"
msgstr "Ideal"
-#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
msgid "Cylinder"
msgstr "Cilindro"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
msgid "Default Mount by"
msgstr "Montagem Padrão por"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
msgid "Default File System"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos Padrão"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions"
msgstr "Alinhamento das Partições Recém-criadas"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
msgid "Show Storage Devices by"
msgstr "Exibir Dispositivos de Armazenamento por"
-#. multi selection box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
+#. multi selection box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices"
msgstr "Informações Visíveis nos Dispositivos de Armazenamento"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows general storage\n"
"settings:</p>"
@@ -5042,31 +4914,25 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe as configurações\n"
"gerais de armazenamento:</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
-"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path"
-"i>\n"
+"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
-"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> "
-"and\n"
+"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Montagem Padrão por</b> fornece o método de montagem\n"
-"para sistemas de arquivos recém-criados. <i>Nome do Dispositivo</i> usa o "
-"nome de dispositivo\n"
-"do kernel, que não é persistente. <i>ID do Dispositivo</i> e <i>Caminho do "
-"Dispositivo</i>\n"
-"usam nomes gerados pelo udev a partir das informações de hardware. Eles "
-"deveriam ser persistentes,\n"
+"para sistemas de arquivos recém-criados. <i>Nome do Dispositivo</i> usa o nome de dispositivo\n"
+"do kernel, que não é persistente. <i>ID do Dispositivo</i> e <i>Caminho do Dispositivo</i>\n"
+"usam nomes gerados pelo udev a partir das informações de hardware. Eles deveriam ser persistentes,\n"
"mas infelizmente isso nem sempre é verdade. Por fim, <i>UUID</i> e\n"
-"<i>Etiqueta do Volume</i> usam o UUID e a etiqueta dos sistemas de arquivos."
-"</p>\n"
+"<i>Etiqueta do Volume</i> usam o UUID e a etiqueta dos sistemas de arquivos.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
@@ -5074,26 +4940,21 @@
"<p>O <b>Sistema de Arquivos Padrão</b> exibe o tipo\n"
"dos sistemas de arquivos recém-criados.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
-"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
-"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> "
-"aligns the \n"
+"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Alinhamento das Partições Recém-criadas</b>\n"
-"determina como as partições criadas são alinhadas. <b>Cilindro</b> é o "
-"alinhamento tradicional nas fronteiras do cilindro do disco. <b>Ideal</b> "
-"alinha as\n"
-"partições para obter o melhor desempenho de acordo com as dicas fornecidas "
-"pelo kernel Linux \n"
+"determina como as partições criadas são alinhadas. <b>Cilindro</b> é o alinhamento tradicional nas fronteiras do cilindro do disco. <b>Ideal</b> alinha as\n"
+"partições para obter o melhor desempenho de acordo com as dicas fornecidas pelo kernel Linux \n"
"ou tenta ser compatível com o Windows Vista e o Win 7.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n"
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
@@ -5101,33 +4962,32 @@
"<p><b>Mostrar Dispositivos de Armazenamento por </b> controla\n"
"o nome exibido para discos rígidos na árvore de navegação.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
msgid ""
"<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n"
"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Informação Visível Sobre os Dispositivos\n"
-"de Armazenamento</b> permite ocultar informações nas tabelas e visões gerais."
-"</p>"
+"de Armazenamento</b> permite ocultar informações nas tabelas e visões gerais.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50
msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra o resumo da instalação.</p>"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr "Adicionar Montagem tmpfs"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35
msgid "No tmpfs device selected."
msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo tmpfs selecionado."
-#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48
+#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48
msgid ""
"\n"
"Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1"
@@ -5135,18 +4995,18 @@
"\n"
"Realmente apagar tmpfs montado em %1?"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101
msgid "tmpfs Volumes"
msgstr "Volumes tmpfs"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121
msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra todos os volumes tmpfs.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n"
@@ -5154,18 +5014,18 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"o volume tmpfs selecionado.</p>\n"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234
msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1"
msgstr "tmpfs montado em %1"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96
msgid "Rescan"
msgstr "Reexplorar"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n"
"point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n"
@@ -5175,8 +5035,8 @@
"montagem atribuído, discos não particionados e grupos de volumes que\n"
"não possuem volumes lógicos.</p>"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130
msgid ""
"Rescanning unused devices cancels\n"
"all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?"
@@ -5184,30 +5044,30 @@
"Reexplorar dispositivos sem uso cancela\n"
"todas as mudanças atuais. Deseja reexplorar os dispositivos sem uso?"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38
msgid ""
"A logical volume with the requested size could \n"
"not be created.\n"
@@ -5215,17 +5075,17 @@
"Não foi possível criar um volume lógico com o \n"
"tamanho solicitado.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42
msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume."
msgstr "Tente reduzir a contagem de stripe do volume."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48
msgid "You can only remove logical volumes."
msgstr "Você somente pode remover volumes lógicos."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54
msgid ""
"There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n"
"Remove the snapshot first."
@@ -5233,8 +5093,8 @@
"Há pelo menos um instantâneo ativo neste volume.\n"
"Remova-o primeiro."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63
msgid ""
"There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n"
"Remove the thin volume first."
@@ -5242,100 +5102,100 @@
"Há pelo menos um volume dinâmico usando este pool.\n"
"Remova primeiro o volume dinâmico."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?"
msgstr "Remover o volume lógico %1?"
-#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92
+#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92
msgid "Total size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho total: %1"
-#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107
+#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107
msgid "Resulting size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho resultante: %1"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#.
-#. The items must have the `id() as their first element.
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#.
+#. The items must have the `id() as their first element.
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428
msgid "Class"
msgstr "Classe"
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99
msgid "Top"
msgstr "Superior"
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Para Cima"
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103
msgid "Down"
msgstr "Para Baixo"
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105
msgid "Bottom"
msgstr "Inferior"
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107
msgid "Classify"
msgstr "Classificar"
-#. push button text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134
+#. push button text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Adicionar"
-#. push button text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140
+#. push button text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140
msgid "Add All"
msgstr "Adicionar Todos"
-#. push button text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153
+#. push button text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153
msgid "Remove All"
msgstr "Remover Todos"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183
+#. error popup text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183
msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!"
msgstr "O arquivo %1 não é um arquivo regular!"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188
+#. error popup text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188
msgid "File %1 is too big!"
msgstr "O arquivo %1 é muito grande!"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212
+#. error popup text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212
msgid ""
"Pattern file has invalid format!\n"
"\n"
@@ -5347,51 +5207,43 @@
"Esse arquivo precisa ter linhas com uma expressão regular e um nome\n"
"de classe por linha. Exemplo:"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237
msgid "Detected following pattern lines:"
msgstr "Foram detectadas as seguintes linhas padrão:"
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250
msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?"
msgstr "OK para corresponder os dispositivos às classes com estes padrões?"
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n"
-"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many "
-"cases\n"
+"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n"
"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Este diálogo é para definir as classes para os dispositivos RAID\n"
-"contidos no RAID. As classes disponíveis são A, B, C, D e E, mas em muitos "
-"casos,\n"
+"contidos no RAID. As classes disponíveis são A, B, C, D e E, mas em muitos casos,\n"
"menos classes são necessárias (ex.: apenas A e B). </p>"
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
msgid ""
"<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n"
-"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing "
-"the \n"
-"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class "
-"in\n"
-"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put "
-"currently \n"
+"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n"
+"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n"
+"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n"
"selected devices into this class.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Você pode colocar um dispositivo em uma classe clicando o botão\n"
-"direito do mouse no dispositivo e escolhendo a classe apropriada no menu de "
-"contexto. Pressionando a \n"
-"tecla Ctrl ou Shift você pode selecionar vários dispositivos e colocá-los "
-"em uma classe em\n"
-"apenas um passo. É possível também usar os botões chamados \"%1\" a \"%2\" "
-"para colocar os dispositivos \n"
+"direito do mouse no dispositivo e escolhendo a classe apropriada no menu de contexto. Pressionando a \n"
+"tecla Ctrl ou Shift você pode selecionar vários dispositivos e colocá-los em uma classe em\n"
+"apenas um passo. É possível também usar os botões chamados \"%1\" a \"%2\" para colocar os dispositivos \n"
"selecionados nessa classe.</p>"
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n"
"devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"."
@@ -5399,8 +5251,8 @@
"<p>Após escolher as classes para os dispositivos, você pode ordenar os\n"
"dispositivos pressionando um dos botões chamados \"%1\" ou \"%2\"."
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351
msgid ""
"<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n"
"of class B and so on."
@@ -5408,81 +5260,67 @@
"<b>Ordenado</b> coloca todos os dispositivos da classe A antes de todos\n"
"os dispositivos da classe B e assim por diante."
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359
msgid ""
"<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n"
"class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n"
-"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will "
-"follow."
+"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow."
msgstr ""
-"<b>Intercalado</b> usa o primeiro dispositivo da classe A, depois o primeiro "
-"dispositivo da \n"
-"classe B, depois todas as classes seguintes com dispositivos atribuídos. Na "
-"sequência, o \n"
-"segundo dispositivo da classe A, o segundo dispositivo da classe B e assim "
-"por diante."
+"<b>Intercalado</b> usa o primeiro dispositivo da classe A, depois o primeiro dispositivo da \n"
+"classe B, depois todas as classes seguintes com dispositivos atribuídos. Na sequência, o \n"
+"segundo dispositivo da classe A, o segundo dispositivo da classe B e assim por diante."
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369
msgid ""
"All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n"
"When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n"
"order in the RAID to be created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Todos os dispositivos sem uma classe são ordenados no final da lista de "
-"dispositivos.\n"
-"Quando você sair da janela popup, a ordem atual dos dispositivos será usada "
-"como a ordem dos\n"
+"Todos os dispositivos sem uma classe são ordenados no final da lista de dispositivos.\n"
+"Quando você sair da janela popup, a ordem atual dos dispositivos será usada como a ordem dos\n"
"no RAID a ser criado.</p>"
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
msgid ""
"By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n"
-"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All "
-"devices that match \n"
-"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular "
-"expression is \n"
+"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n"
+"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n"
"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-"
-"part1) and the\n"
+"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n"
"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more "
-"then one\n"
+"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n"
"regular expression.</p>"
msgstr ""
"Pressionando o botão \"<b>%1</b>\", você pode selecionar um arquivo que\n"
-"contém linhas com uma expressão regular e um nome de classe (ex.: \"sda.* A"
-"\"). Todos os dispositivos que correspondem\n"
-"à expressão regular serão colocados na classe dessa linha. A expressão "
-"regular é verificada \n"
+"contém linhas com uma expressão regular e um nome de classe (ex.: \"sda.* A\"). Todos os dispositivos que correspondem\n"
+"à expressão regular serão colocados na classe dessa linha. A expressão regular é verificada \n"
"em relação ao nome do kernel (ex.: /dev/sda1), \n"
-"ao nome do caminho udev (ex.: /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-"
-"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e ao\n"
+"ao nome do caminho udev (ex.: /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e ao\n"
"ID udev (ex.: /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"A primeira correspondência determina a classe quando um nome de dispositivo "
-"corresponde a mais de uma\n"
+"A primeira correspondência determina a classe quando um nome de dispositivo corresponde a mais de uma\n"
"expressão regular.</p>"
-#. headline text
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126
+#. headline text
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo"
-#. headline text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550
+#. headline text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550
msgid "Pattern File"
msgstr "Arquivo Padrão"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr "&Tamanho do Tmpfs"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298
msgid ""
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
@@ -5490,124 +5328,111 @@
"Tamanho especificado inválido. Use números seguidos de K, M, G ou %.\n"
"O valor deve ser maior que 100k ou estar entre 1% e 200%. Tente novamente."
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "O valor deve estar entre 1% e 200%. Tente novamente."
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
-"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
-"Gigabyte or\n"
+"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho do Tmpfs:</b>\n"
-"O tamanho pode ser informado como um número seguido por K,M,G para Quilo, "
-"Mega ou Gigabyte ou\n"
-"como um número seguido de um sinal de porcentagem significando a porcentagem "
-"de memória.</p>"
+"O tamanho pode ser informado como um número seguido por K,M,G para Quilo, Mega ou Gigabyte ou\n"
+"como um número seguido de um sinal de porcentagem significando a porcentagem de memória.</p>"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr "&Prioridade de Swap"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr "Valor de estar entre 0 e 32767. Tente novamente."
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Prioridade de Swap:</b>\n"
-"Informe a prioridade de swap. Números altos significam maior prioridade."
-"p>\n"
+"Informe a prioridade de swap. Números altos significam maior prioridade.</p>\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr "Monta&r Apenas Leitura"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
-"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
-"installation\n"
+"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Montar Apenas Leitura:</b>\n"
-"Impossível gravar no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é falso. Durante a "
-"instalação,\n"
+"Impossível gravar no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é falso. Durante a instalação,\n"
"o sistema de arquivos sempre será montado como leitura-gravação.</p>"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr "Sem Tempo de &Acesso"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sem Tempo de Acesso:</b>\n"
-"Os tempos de acesso não são atualizados quando um arquivo é lido. O padrão é "
-"falso.</p>\n"
+"Os tempos de acesso não são atualizados quando um arquivo é lido. O padrão é falso.</p>\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524
msgid "Mountable by User"
msgstr "Pode ser Montado pelo Usuário"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Pode ser montado pelo usuário:</b>\n"
-"O sistema de arquivos pode ser montado por usuário comum. Padrão é falso."
-"p>\n"
+"O sistema de arquivos pode ser montado por usuário comum. Padrão é falso.</p>\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr "Não montar na Inicialização do &Sistema"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
-"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point>"
-"tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is "
-"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
+"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Não Montar na Inicialização do Sistema:</b>\n"
-"O sistema de arquivos não é montado automaticamente quando o sistema é "
-"inicializado.\n"
+"O sistema de arquivos não é montado automaticamente quando o sistema é inicializado.\n"
"Uma entrada em /etc/fstab é criada e o sistema de arquivos é montado com\n"
-"as opções apropriadas quando o comando <tt>mount <ponto de montagem>"
-"tt>\n"
-"é inserido (<ponto de montagem> é o diretório onde o sistema de "
-"arquivos é montado). O padrão é falso.</p>\n"
+"as opções apropriadas quando o comando <tt>mount <ponto de montagem></tt>\n"
+"é inserido (<ponto de montagem> é o diretório onde o sistema de arquivos é montado). O padrão é falso.</p>\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr "Habilitar Suporte a &Cotas"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -5617,42 +5442,37 @@
"O sistema de arquivos está montado com cotas de usuários habilitadas.\n"
"O padrão é falso.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr "Modo de &journalling de dados"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance "
-"impact.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact."
-"</p>\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Modo de Registro de Dados em Diário:</b>\n"
"Especifica o modo de registro em diário para dados de arquivo.\n"
" <tt>journal</tt> -- Todos os dados são submetidos ao diário antes de serem\n"
" gravados no sistema de arquivos principal. Impacto máximo no desempenho.\n"
-" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Todos os dados são forçados diretamente no sistema de "
-"arquivos principal\n"
-"antes que seus metadados sejam submetidos ao diário. Impacto médio no "
-"desempenho.\n"
-" <tt>writeback</tt> -- O ordenamento dos dados não é preservado. Sem impacto "
-"no desempenho.</p>\n"
+" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Todos os dados são forçados diretamente no sistema de arquivos principal\n"
+"antes que seus metadados sejam submetidos ao diário. Impacto médio no desempenho.\n"
+" <tt>writeback</tt> -- O ordenamento dos dados não é preservado. Sem impacto no desempenho.</p>\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr "Listas de Controle de &Acesso (ACL)"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5660,13 +5480,13 @@
"<p><b>Lista de controle de acesso (ACL):</b>\n"
"Habilita listas de controle de acesso no file system.</p>\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos de usuário &Estendidos"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5674,39 +5494,33 @@
"<p><b>Atributos de usuário estendidos</b>\n"
"Permite atributos de usuário estendidos no file system.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr "&Valor da Opção Arbitrária"
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660
-msgid ""
-"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-"Caracteres inválidos no valor da opção arbitrária. Não use espaços ou "
-"tabulações. Tente novamente."
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660
+msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
+msgstr "Caracteres inválidos no valor da opção arbitrária. Não use espaços ou tabulações. Tente novamente."
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
-"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /"
-"etc/fstab.\n"
+"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Valor da Opção Arbitrária:</b>\n"
-"Neste campo, digite uma opção de montagem válida permitida no quarto campo "
-"de /etc/fstab.\n"
+"Neste campo, digite uma opção de montagem válida permitida no quarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n"
"Várias opções são separadas por vírgulas.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr "Char&set para nomes de arquivos"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
@@ -5714,69 +5528,60 @@
"<p><b>Charset para nomes de arquivos:</b>\n"
"Configure o conjunto de caracteres para nomes em partições Windows.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr "Code&page para nomes FAT pequenos"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
-"systems.</p>\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Codepage para nomes FAT pequenos:</b>\n"
-"Esta codepage é usada para converter para nomes pequenos caracteres em file "
-"system FAT.</p>\n"
+"Esta codepage é usada para converter para nomes pequenos caracteres em file system FAT.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr "Número de &FATs"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
-"is 2.</p>"
+"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Número de FATs:</b>\n"
-"Especifique o número de tabelas de alocação de arquivo no sistema de "
-"arquivos. O padrão é 2.</p>"
+"Especifique o número de tabelas de alocação de arquivo no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é 2.</p>"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr "&Tamanho do FAT"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
-"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable "
-"for the file system size.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho do FAT:</b>\n"
-"Especifica o tipo de tabela de alocação de arquivo usada (12, 16 ou 32 "
-"bits). Se 'auto' for especificado, o YaST selecionará automaticamente o "
-"valor mais adequado para o tamanho do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
+"Especifica o tipo de tabela de alocação de arquivo usada (12, 16 ou 32 bits). Se 'auto' for especificado, o YaST selecionará automaticamente o valor mais adequado para o tamanho do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr "Entradas do &Diretório Raiz"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"O tamanho mínimo para \"Entradas do Diretório Raiz\" é 112. Tente novamente."
+msgstr "O tamanho mínimo para \"Entradas do Diretório Raiz\" é 112. Tente novamente."
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
@@ -5784,70 +5589,58 @@
"<p><b>Entradas do Diretório Raiz:</b>\n"
"Selecione o número de entradas disponíveis no diretório raiz.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr "&Função Hash"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names "
-"in directories.</p>\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Função Hash:</b>\n"
-"Especifica o nome da função hash que será usada para classificar os nomes de "
-"arquivos em diretórios.</p>\n"
+"Especifica o nome da função hash que será usada para classificar os nomes de arquivos em diretórios.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr "&Revisão FS"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
-"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more "
-"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to "
-"2.4.</p>\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Revisão FS:</b>\n"
-"Essa opção define o formato da revisão do reiserfs a ser usado. '3.5' é para "
-"compatibilidade retroativa com kernels das séries 2.2.x. '3.6' é mais "
-"recente, mas pode ser usado somente com versões do kernel superiores ou "
-"iguais a 2.4.</p>\n"
+"Essa opção define o formato da revisão do reiserfs a ser usado. '3.5' é para compatibilidade retroativa com kernels das séries 2.2.x. '3.6' é mais recente, mas pode ser usado somente com versões do kernel superiores ou iguais a 2.4.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr "&Tamanho de Bloco em Bytes"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
-"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size "
-"of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho de Bloco:</b>\n"
-"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Os valores válidos são 512, 1024, "
-"2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se 'auto' for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco "
-"padrão 4096 será usado.</p>\n"
+"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Os valores válidos são 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se 'auto' for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco padrão 4096 será usado.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr "Tamanho do &Inode"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081
+#. help text, richtext format
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5855,49 +5648,45 @@
"<p><b>Tamanho do inode:</b>\n"
"Esta opção especifica o tamanho do inode do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr "&Porcentagem de Espaço de Inode"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
-"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Porcentagem de Espaço de Inode:</b>\n"
-"A opção \"Porcentagem de Espaço de Inode\" especifica a maior porcentagem de "
-"espaço no sistema de arquivos que pode ser alocada para inodes.</p>\n"
+"A opção \"Porcentagem de Espaço de Inode\" especifica a maior porcentagem de espaço no sistema de arquivos que pode ser alocada para inodes.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr "Inode &Alinhado"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
-"or\n"
+"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Inode Alinhado:</b>\n"
-"A opção \"Inode Alinhado\" é usada para especificar se a alocação de inode é "
-"ou \n"
+"A opção \"Inode Alinhado\" é usada para especificar se a alocação de inode é ou \n"
"não alinhada. Por padrão, os inodes são alinhados, o que é\n"
"geralmente mais eficiente do que o acesso não alinhado.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr "Tamanho de &Log em Megabytes"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -5905,30 +5694,28 @@
"O valor do \"Tamanho de Log\" está incorreto.\n"
"Informe um valor maior que zero.\n"
-#. xgettext: no-c-format
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947
+#. xgettext: no-c-format
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the "
-"aggregate size.</p>\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho de Log</b>\n"
-"Defina o tamanho de log (em megabytes). Se for auto, o padrão será 40% do "
-"tamanho agregado.</p>\n"
+"Defina o tamanho de log (em megabytes). Se for auto, o padrão será 40% do tamanho agregado.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr "Acionar o &Utilitário de listagem de Blocos ruins"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr "&Comprimento de Stride em Blocos"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
@@ -5936,8 +5723,8 @@
"O valor do \"Comprimento de Stride em Blocos\" é inválido.\n"
"Selecione um valor maior que 1.\n"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -5949,26 +5736,22 @@
"argumento suportado é 'stride', que tem como argumento o número \n"
"de blocos em um stripe de RAID.</p>\n"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
-"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined "
-"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho de Bloco:</b>\n"
-"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Os valores válidos são 1024, 2048 "
-"e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se auto for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco será "
-"determinado pelo tamanho e uso esperado do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
+"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Os valores válidos são 1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se auto for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco será determinado pelo tamanho e uso esperado do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr "Bytes por &Inode"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -5976,28 +5759,25 @@
"bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n"
"value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n"
"too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n"
-"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a "
-"reasonable\n"
+"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n"
"value for this parameter.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bytes por Inode:</b> \n"
"Especifique a razão de bytes por inode. O YaST cria um inode para cada\n"
"<bytes-por-inode> bytes de espaço no disco. Quanto maior a razão de\n"
"bytes-por-inode, menos inodes são criados.\n"
-"Geralmente, esse valor não deve ser menor que o tamanho de bloco do sistema "
-"de arquivos, senão\n"
+"Geralmente, esse valor não deve ser menor que o tamanho de bloco do sistema de arquivos, senão\n"
"muitos inodes serão criados. Não é possível expandir o \n"
-"número de inodes de um sistema de arquivos após sua criação. Portanto, "
-"digite um\n"
+"número de inodes de um sistema de arquivos após sua criação. Portanto, digite um\n"
"valor adequado para esse parâmetro.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr "Porcentagem de Blocos &Reservados para o root"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -6005,74 +5785,63 @@
"O valor da \"Porcentagem de Blocos Reservados para o root\" está incorreto.\n"
"Os valores permitidos são números flutuantes de até 99 (ex. 0,5).\n"
-#. xgettext: no-c-format
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
-"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
-"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved "
-"default is 0.1.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Porcentagem de Blocos Reservados para o root:</b> Especifique a "
-"porcentagem de blocos reservados para o superusuário. O valor padrão é "
-"calculado de tal forma que, normalmente, 1 Giga é reservado. O limite máximo "
-"para o padrão reservado é 5,0, e o padrão reservado mínimo é 0,1.</p>"
+#. xgettext: no-c-format
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046
+msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Porcentagem de Blocos Reservados para o root:</b> Especifique a porcentagem de blocos reservados para o superusuário. O valor padrão é calculado de tal forma que, normalmente, 1 Giga é reservado. O limite máximo para o padrão reservado é 5,0, e o padrão reservado mínimo é 0,1.</p>"
-#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055
+#. checkbox text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr "Desabilitar Verificações Regulares"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Desabilitar Verificações Regulares:</b>\n"
-"Desabilite as verificações regulares do sistema de arquivos na inicialização."
-"</p>\n"
+"Desabilite as verificações regulares do sistema de arquivos na inicialização.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr "Recurso de Índice de &Diretório"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Índice de Diretório:</b>\n"
-"Permite o uso de árvores b hash para acelerar as pesquisas em diretórios "
-"grandes.</p>\n"
+"Permite o uso de árvores b hash para acelerar as pesquisas em diretórios grandes.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr "&Sem Diário"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
-"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
-"really\n"
+"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sem Diário</b>:\n"
"O registro em diário é suprimido do sistema de arquivos. Ative isto\n"
"somente quando realmente souber o que está fazendo.</p>\n"
-#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr "Operação não permitida no disco %{device}.\n"
-#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
msgid ""
"\n"
"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
@@ -6084,8 +5853,7 @@
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Esse procedimento não é suportado pela ferramenta de particionamento parted "
-"para\n"
+"Esse procedimento não é suportado pela ferramenta de particionamento parted para\n"
"mudar a tabela de partição em seu disco %{device}\n"
"(o disco é formatado com LDL).\n"
"\n"
@@ -6093,8 +5861,8 @@
"e atribuir pontos de montagem, mas você não pode adicionar,\n"
"redimensionar nem remover partições desse disco aqui.\n"
-#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
msgid ""
"\n"
"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
@@ -6114,8 +5882,8 @@
"e atribuir pontos de montagem, mas você não pode adicionar, editar, \n"
"redimensionar nem remover partições desse disco aqui.\n"
-#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
msgid ""
"\n"
"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
@@ -6135,8 +5903,8 @@
"formatá-la e atribuir um ponto de montagem, mas você não pode redimensionar\n"
"nem remover a partição desse disco aqui.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6146,13 +5914,12 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\n"
-"Você pode inicializar a tabela de partição do disco em um estado íntegro no "
-"Particionador\n"
+"Você pode inicializar a tabela de partição do disco em um estado íntegro no Particionador\n"
"Avançado selecionando \"Avançado\"->\"Criar Nova Tabela de Partição\",\n"
"mas isso destrói todos os dados em todas as partições do disco.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6164,26 +5931,26 @@
"Ignore com segurança esta mensagem se você não pretende\n"
"usar este disco durante a instalação.\n"
-#. Returns map of free space per partition
-#.
-#. @param [String] device
-#. @param integer testsize
-#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
-#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#. Returns map of free space per partition
+#.
+#. @param [String] device
+#. @param integer testsize
+#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
+#. @param [Boolean] verbose
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Redimensionamento não é possível:"
-#. Sets a new size for volume
-#.
-#. @param [String] device name
-#. @param [String] disk
-#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes)
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
-#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
-#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918
+#. Sets a new size for volume
+#.
+#. @param [String] device name
+#. @param [String] disk
+#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes)
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful
+#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
+#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
+#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -6195,8 +5962,8 @@
"\n"
"Talvez a senha de criptografia fornecida esteja incorreta.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -6206,8 +5973,8 @@
"da senha não correspondem.\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -6217,26 +5984,26 @@
"0..9, a..z, A..Z e qualquer um destes: \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034
+#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Digitar Senha de Criptografia:"
-#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Informar Senha"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Os seguintes volumes criptografados já estão disponíveis."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Ativação de Volume Criptografado"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6248,12 +6015,12 @@
"As senhas deverão ser conhecidas se os volumes forem necessários em \n"
"uma atualização ou se eles contiverem um volume físico LVM."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Você deseja fornecer senhas de criptografia?"
-#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200
+#. text in help field
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6263,72 +6030,70 @@
"dispositivos na lista de dispositivos bloqueados.\n"
"A senha será experimentada para todos os dispositivos."
-#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#. header text
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Digitar Senha de Criptografia"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Não há nenhum volume criptografado para desbloquear."
-#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#. label text, multiple device names follow
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Fornecer a senha para qualquer um dos seguintes dispositivos:"
-#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225
+#. label text, one device name follows
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Fornecer a senha para o seguinte dispositivo:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Tentando desbloquear volumes criptografados..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "A senha não desbloqueou nenhum volume."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "Disco IDE"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "Disco SCSI"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disco"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "RAID DM"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "RAID MD"
-#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
-#. not provide anything
-#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906
+#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
+#. not provide anything
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Falha na instalação dos pacotes necessários."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "Continuar apesar do erro?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246
-msgid ""
-"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível criar partições, pois há outras partições no disco sendo usadas."
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246
+msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+msgstr "Impossível criar partições, pois há outras partições no disco sendo usadas."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6338,7 +6103,7 @@
"O dispositivo %1 não pode ser modificado, pois contém a troca ativada\n"
"necessária para executar a instalação.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6348,7 +6113,7 @@
"O dispositivo %1 não pode ser modificado, pois contém os dados\n"
"da instalação necessários para executar a instalação.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6358,7 +6123,7 @@
"O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido, pois contém a troca ativada\n"
"necessária para executar a instalação.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6368,7 +6133,7 @@
"O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido, pois contém os dados\n"
" para executar a instalação.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6380,7 +6145,7 @@
"o dispositivo %2, que contém a troca ativada necessária para executar \n"
"a instalação.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6388,11 +6153,10 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido, pois isso muda indiretamente\n"
-"o dispositivo %2, que contém os dados necessários para executar a "
-"instalação.\n"
+"o dispositivo %2, que contém os dados necessários para executar a instalação.\n"
-#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386
+#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6402,114 +6166,114 @@
"A partição %1 não pode ser removida, já que outras partições no\n"
"disco %2 são usadas.\n"
-#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475
+#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Nada atribuído como sistema de arquivos raiz!"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "É muito provável que a instalação falhe fatalmente!"
-#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
-#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
-#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027
+#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
+#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
+#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Falha ao adicionar os seguintes resolvíveis: %1"
-#. hack: assume every text change means another action
-#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139
+#. hack: assume every text change means another action
+#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139
msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:"
msgstr "Falha durante a seguinte ação:"
-#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151
+#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151
msgid "System error code was: %1"
msgstr "Código de erro do sistema: %1"
-#. Label: get password for device
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199
+#. Label: get password for device
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199
msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:"
msgstr "&Digitar Senha para o Dispositivo %1:"
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86
+#. human text for Boolean value
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89
+#. human text for Boolean value
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition)
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135
+#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition)
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135
msgid "F"
msgstr "F"
-#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device)
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138
+#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device)
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138
msgid "Enc"
msgstr "Criptografado"
-#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141
+#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141
msgid "FS Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Sistema de Arquivos"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153
msgid "Start"
msgstr "Início"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156
msgid "End"
msgstr "Fim "
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159
msgid "FS ID"
msgstr "ID do Sistema de Arquivos"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177
msgid "Disk Label"
msgstr "Rótulo do Disco"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180
msgid "Metadata"
msgstr "Metadados"
-#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183
+#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183
msgid "PE Size"
msgstr "Tamanho Físico Estendido"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189
msgid "RAID Version"
msgstr "Versão do RAID"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198
msgid "Parity Algorithm"
msgstr "Algoritmo de Paridade"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201
msgid "Vendor"
msgstr "Fornecedor"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modelo"
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223
msgid ""
"<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n"
"disk. This field can be empty."
@@ -6517,8 +6281,8 @@
"<b>ID do BIOS</b> exibe o ID do BIOS do disco\n"
"rígido. Este campo pode estar vazio."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231
msgid ""
"<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n"
"the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks."
@@ -6526,8 +6290,8 @@
"<b>Barramento</b> exibe como o dispositivo está conectado ao\n"
"sistema. Este campo pode estar vazio, ex.: para discos multipath."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239
msgid ""
"<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n"
"devices."
@@ -6535,8 +6299,8 @@
"<b>Tamanho do Pacote</b> mostra o tamanho do pacote\n"
"para dispositivos RAID."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245
msgid ""
"<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n"
"cylinders of the hard disk."
@@ -6544,8 +6308,8 @@
"<b>Tamanho do Cilindro</b> exibe o tamanho dos\n"
"cilindros do disco rígido."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253
msgid ""
"<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n"
"sectors of the hard disk."
@@ -6553,8 +6317,8 @@
"<p>Tamanho do Setor</b> mostra o tamanho dos\n"
"setores do disco rígido."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261
msgid ""
"<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n"
"device."
@@ -6562,8 +6326,8 @@
"<b>Dispositivo</b> exibe o nome do dispositivo\n"
"no kernel."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267
msgid ""
"<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n"
"type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>."
@@ -6571,8 +6335,8 @@
"<b>Rótulo do Disco</b> exibe o tipo do disco na\n"
"a tabela de partição, ex <tt>MSDOS</tt> ou <tt>GPT</tt>."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275
msgid ""
"<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n"
"encrypted."
@@ -6580,8 +6344,8 @@
"<b>Criptografado</b> mostra se o dispositivo\n"
"está criptografado."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281
msgid ""
"<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n"
"the partition."
@@ -6589,8 +6353,8 @@
"<b>Cilindro Final</b> mostra o cilindro final\n"
"da partição."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287
msgid ""
"<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n"
"Fibre Channel disks."
@@ -6598,8 +6362,8 @@
"<b>LUN</b> exibe o Número de Unidade Lógica para\n"
"discos Fibre Channel."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295
msgid ""
"<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n"
"Channel disks."
@@ -6607,8 +6371,8 @@
"<b>ID de Porta</b> exibe o identificador de porta\n"
"para discos Fibre Channel."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301
msgid ""
"<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n"
"Fibre Channel disks."
@@ -6616,8 +6380,8 @@
"<b>WWPN</b> exibe o Nome de Porta Mundial\n"
"para discos Fibre Channel."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309
msgid ""
"<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n"
"an encrypted loop device."
@@ -6625,8 +6389,8 @@
"<b>Caminho do Arquivo</b> exibe o caminho do arquivo para\n"
"um dispositivo de loop criptografado."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317
msgid ""
"<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n"
"means the device is selected to be formatted."
@@ -6634,19 +6398,18 @@
"<b>Formatar</b> mostra alguns flags: <tt>F</tt>\n"
"significa que o dispositivo foi selecionado para ser formatado."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323
msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id."
msgstr "<b>ID do Sistema de Arquivos</b> exibe o ID do sistema de arquivos."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326
msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Tipo do Sistema de Arquivos</b> exibe o tipo do sistema de arquivos."
+msgstr "<b>Tipo do Sistema de Arquivos</b> exibe o tipo do sistema de arquivos."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331
msgid ""
"<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n"
"system."
@@ -6654,8 +6417,8 @@
"<b>Rótulo</b> exibe o rótulo do sistema\n"
"de arquivos."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337
msgid ""
"<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n"
"volume groups."
@@ -6663,43 +6426,37 @@
"<b>Metadados</b> exibe os tipos de metadados LVM\n"
"para grupos de volumes."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341
msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model."
msgstr "<b>Modelo</b> exibe o modelo do dispositivo."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346
msgid ""
"<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n"
-"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) "
-"by\n"
+"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n"
"file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Montar por</b> indica o modo de montagem do sistema de arquivos:\n"
-"(Kernel) pelo nome do kernel, (Etiqueta) pela etiqueta do sistema de "
-"arquivos, (UUID) pelo\n"
-"UUID do sistema de arquivos, (ID) pelo ID do dispositivo e (Caminho) pelo "
-"caminho do dispositivo.\n"
+"(Kernel) pelo nome do kernel, (Etiqueta) pela etiqueta do sistema de arquivos, (UUID) pelo\n"
+"UUID do sistema de arquivos, (ID) pelo ID do dispositivo e (Caminho) pelo caminho do dispositivo.\n"
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356
msgid ""
"A question mark (?) indicates that\n"
"the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n"
-"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this "
-"volume\n"
+"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n"
"YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
msgstr ""
"Um ponto de interrogação (?) indica que o\n"
-"sistema de arquivos não está listado em <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Ele foi "
-"montado\n"
-"manualmente ou por algum sistema de montagem automática. Ao mudar as "
-"configurações deste volume,\n"
+"sistema de arquivos não está listado em <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Ele foi montado\n"
+"manualmente ou por algum sistema de montagem automática. Ao mudar as configurações deste volume,\n"
"o YaST não atualiza o <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368
msgid ""
"<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n"
"is mounted."
@@ -6707,20 +6464,19 @@
"<b>Ponto de Montagem</b> exibe onde o sistema de\n"
"arquivos está montado."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
msgid ""
"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n"
-"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because "
-"it\n"
+"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n"
"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
msgstr ""
"Um asterisco (*) após o ponto de montagem \n"
"indica um sistema de arquivos que não está montado (por exemplo, \n"
"porque tem a opção <tt>noauto</tt> configurada em <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385
msgid ""
"<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n"
"cylinders the hard disk has."
@@ -6728,8 +6484,8 @@
"<b>Número de Cilindros</b> exibe a quantidade\n"
"de cilindros existentes do disco rígido."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393
msgid ""
"<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n"
"algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10."
@@ -6737,8 +6493,8 @@
"O <b>Algoritmo de Paridade</b> mostra o algoritmo\n"
"de paridade referente a dispositivos RAID com RAID dos tipos 5, 6 ou 10."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401
msgid ""
"<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n"
"for LVM volume groups."
@@ -6746,13 +6502,13 @@
"<b>Tamanho Físico Estendido</b> mostra o tamanho físico\n"
"estendido dos grupos de volume LVM."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407
msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version."
msgstr "<b>Versão do RAID</b> mostra a versão do RAID."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412
msgid ""
"<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n"
"called RAID level, for RAID devices."
@@ -6760,13 +6516,13 @@
"<b>Tipo de RAID</b> exibe o tipo de RAID, também\n"
"chamado nível RAID, para dispositivos RAID."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418
msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device."
msgstr "<b>Tamanho</b> exibe o tamanho do dispositivo."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423
msgid ""
"<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n"
"of the partition."
@@ -6774,8 +6530,8 @@
"<b>Cilindro Inicial</b> mostra o cilindro inicial\n"
"da partição."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431
msgid ""
"<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n"
"logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n"
@@ -6783,8 +6539,8 @@
"<b>Stripes</b> exibe o número de stripes dos volumes lógicos\n"
"LVM e, se maior que um, o tamanho do stripe entre parênteses.\n"
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439
msgid ""
"<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n"
"device type."
@@ -6792,8 +6548,8 @@
"<b>Tipo</b> fornece uma visão geral sobre\n"
"o tipo do dispositivo."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445
msgid ""
"<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n"
"IDs. This field can be empty.\n"
@@ -6801,8 +6557,8 @@
"<b>ID do Dispositivo</b> exibe os IDs\n"
"persistentes do dispositivo. Esse campo pode ficar vazio.\n"
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453
msgid ""
"<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n"
"path. This field can be empty."
@@ -6810,8 +6566,8 @@
"<b>Caminho do Dispositivo</b> exibe o caminho do dispositivo.\n"
"O campo pode estar vazio."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461
msgid ""
"<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n"
"e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n"
@@ -6819,8 +6575,8 @@
"<b>Usado por</b> indica se um dispositivo é usado por\n"
"LVM ou RAID. Do contrário, esta coluna ficará vazia.\n"
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469
msgid ""
"<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n"
"Identifier of the file system."
@@ -6828,246 +6584,245 @@
"<b>UUID</b> exibe o Identificador Universalmente\n"
"Exclusivo do sistema de arquivos."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475
msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor."
msgstr "<b>Fabricante</b> exibe o fabricante do dispositivo."
-#. row label, %1 is replace by device name
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504
+#. row label, %1 is replace by device name
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504
msgid "Device: %1"
msgstr "Dispositivo: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512
msgid "Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho: %1"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548
msgid "DISK %1"
msgstr "DISCO %1"
-#. row label
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570
+#. row label
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570
msgid "Type: %1"
msgstr "Tipo: %1"
-#. row label
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587
+#. row label
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587
msgid "Format: %1"
msgstr "Formato: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614
+#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614
msgid "Encrypted: %1"
msgstr "Criptografado: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627
msgid "File System: %1"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643
+#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643
msgid "Mount Point: %1"
msgstr "Ponto de Montagem: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678
+#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678
msgid "Mount by: %1"
msgstr "Montar por: %1"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688
msgid "Used by %1: %2"
msgstr "Usado por %1: %2"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704
msgid "UUID: %1"
msgstr "UUID: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712
msgid "Label: %1"
msgstr "Rótulo: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720
+#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720
msgid "Device Path: %1"
msgstr "Caminho do Dispositivo: %1"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730
msgid "Device ID %1: %2"
msgstr "ID do Dispositivo %1: %2"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744
+#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744
msgid "BIOS ID: %1"
msgstr "ID do BIOS: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754
+#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754
msgid "Disk Label: %1"
msgstr "Rótulo do Disco: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762
+#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762
msgid "Vendor: %1"
msgstr "Fabricante: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by model string
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770
+#. row label, %1 is replace by model string
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770
msgid "Model: %1"
msgstr "Modelo: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793
+#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793
msgid "Bus: %1"
msgstr "Barramento: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804
+#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804
msgid "Metadata: %1"
msgstr "Metadados: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817
msgid "PE Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho do PE: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838
+#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838
msgid "Stripes: %1"
msgstr "Distribuições: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846
+#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846
msgid "RAID Version: %1"
msgstr "Versão do RAID: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854
+#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854
msgid "RAID Type: %1"
msgstr "Tipo de RAID: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867
msgid "Chunk Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho do Pacote: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879
+#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879
msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1"
msgstr "Algoritmo de Paridade: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890
+#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890
msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1"
msgstr "Número de Cilindros: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903
msgid "Cylinder Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho de Cilindro: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920
+#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920
msgid "Start Cylinder: %1"
msgstr "Cilindro Inicial: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939
+#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939
msgid "End Cylinder: %1"
msgstr "Cilindro Final: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952
msgid "Sector Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho do Setor: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964
msgid "FS ID: %1"
msgstr "ID do Sistema de Arquivos: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973
msgid "File Path: %1"
msgstr "Caminho do Arquivo: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997
+#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997
msgid "WWPN: %1"
msgstr "WWPN: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by lun
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010
+#. row label, %1 is replace by lun
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010
msgid "LUN: %1"
msgstr "LUN: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by port id
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032
+#. row label, %1 is replace by port id
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032
msgid "Port ID: %1"
msgstr "ID da Porta: %1"
-#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is
-#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and
-#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to
-#. nil.
-#.
-#. Possible return values for predicate:
-#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304
+#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is
+#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and
+#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to
+#. nil.
+#.
+#. Possible return values for predicate:
+#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304
msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>"
msgstr "<p>A tabela contém:</p>"
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356
msgid "Device:"
msgstr "Dispositivo:"
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359
msgid "File System:"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos:"
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362
msgid "Hard Disk:"
msgstr "Disco Rígido: "
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365
msgid "Fibre Channel:"
msgstr "Fibre Channel:"
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368
msgid "LVM:"
msgstr "LVM:"
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371
msgid "RAID:"
msgstr "RAID:"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414
msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>"
msgstr "<p>A visão geral contém:</p>"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91
msgid ""
"The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n"
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
msgstr ""
-"O subsistema de armazenamento está bloqueado por um aplicativo "
-"desconhecido.\n"
+"O subsistema de armazenamento está bloqueado por um aplicativo desconhecido.\n"
"Você deve sair do aplicativo antes de continuar."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105
msgid ""
"The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n"
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
@@ -7075,49 +6830,44 @@
"O subsistema de armazenamento está bloqueado pelo aplicativo \"%1\" (%2).\n"
"Você deve sair do aplicativo antes de continuar."
-#. bsc#983003
-#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747
-msgid ""
-"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
-"under Windows."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível redimensionar devido a inconsistências no sistema de arquivos. "
-"Tente verificar o sistema de arquivos no Windows."
+#. bsc#983003
+#. penalty for not having separate /home
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747
+msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
+msgstr "Impossível redimensionar devido a inconsistências no sistema de arquivos. Tente verificar o sistema de arquivos no Windows."
-#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
+#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos da Partição Raiz"
-#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos da Partição Pessoal"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "Aumentar &Troca para Suspensão"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Configurações da Proposta"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352
msgid ""
"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Escolha <b>Proposta baseada em Partição</b> para não usar o LVM.\n"
-"Escolha <b>Proposta baseada em LVM</b> para LVM puro e <b>Proposta "
-"Criptografada baseada em\n"
+"Escolha <b>Proposta baseada em LVM</b> para LVM puro e <b>Proposta Criptografada baseada em\n"
"LVM</b> para criptografar o sistema.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7125,104 +6875,101 @@
"size for the root partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>É possível selecionar o sistema de arquivos da partição raiz usando a\n"
-"caixa de combinação correspondente. Com o sistema de arquivos BtrFS, a "
-"proposta pode\n"
+"caixa de combinação correspondente. Com o sistema de arquivos BtrFS, a proposta pode\n"
"habilitar instantâneos automáticos com o snapper. Isso também aumenta o\n"
"tamanho da partição raiz.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>A proposta pode criar uma partição pessoal separada. É possível "
-"selecionar o sistema de arquivos da\n"
+"<p>A proposta pode criar uma partição pessoal separada. É possível selecionar o sistema de arquivos da\n"
"partição pessoal usando a caixa de combinação correspondente.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Na maioria dos casos, é possível ampliar a partição swap o suficiente "
-"para usá-la para suspender\n"
+"<p>Na maioria dos casos, é possível ampliar a partição swap o suficiente para usá-la para suspender\n"
"o sistema para o disco.</p>"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Digite a senha da criptografia proposta."
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Senha:"
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Digite novamente a senha para confirmação:"
-#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617
msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
msgstr "&Proposta baseada em Partição"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619
msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "P&roposta baseada em LVM"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621
msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "Proposta Criptografada baseada em &LVM"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: StorageSettings.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: StorageSettings.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
msgid "Default Mount-by:"
msgstr "Montagem Padrão por:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
msgid "Default File System:"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos Padrão:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
msgid "Show Storage Devices by:"
msgstr "Mostrar Dispositivos de Armazenamento por:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
msgid "Partition Alignment:"
msgstr "Alinhamento de Partição:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Informações Visíveis nos Dispositivos de Armazenamento:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description
-#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81
+#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description
+#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81
msgid "first root filesystem"
msgstr "primeiro sistema de arquivos raiz"